Benefitfocus
Annual Report 2013

Plain-text annual report

BENEFITFOCUS,INC. FORM 10-K (Annual Report) Filed 03/21/14 for the Period Ending 12/31/13 Address Telephone CIK Symbol SIC Code Fiscal Year 100 BENEFITFOCUS WAY CHARLESTON, SC 29492 843-849-7476 0001576169 BNFT 7372 - Prepackaged Software 12/31 http://www.edgar-online.com © Copyright 2014, EDGAR Online, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Distribution and use of this document restricted under EDGAR Online, Inc. Terms of Use. Table of Contents UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 or For the transition period from to . Commission File Number: 001-36061 Benefitfocus, Inc. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 100 Benefitfocus Way Charleston, South Carolina 29492 (Address of principal executive offices and zip code) (843) 849-7476 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:1) No  Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:1) No  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  No (cid:1) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  No (cid:1) Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:1) No  As of June 30, 2013, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there was no established public market for the registrant’s common stock and, therefore, the registrant cannot calculate the aggregate market value of its common stock held by non-affiliates as of such date. The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on December 31, 2013 (based on the closing sale price of $57.74 on that date), was approximately $353,872,000. Common stock held by each officer and director and by each person known to the registrant who owned 10% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2014 was 24,531,166. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders currently scheduled to be held on June 7, 2014 are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (cid:1) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 Delaware 46-2346314 (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) Title of each class Name of each exchange of which registered Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value NASDAQ Global Market Large accelerated filer (cid:1) Accelerated filer (cid:1) Non-accelerated filer  Smaller reporting company (cid:1) (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Table of Contents Benefitfocus, Inc. Form 10-K For Year Ended December 31, 2013 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 PART I 2 Item 1. Business 2 Item 1A. Risk Factors 18 Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 42 Item 2. Properties 43 Item 3. Legal Proceedings 43 Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 43 PART II 44 Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 44 Item 6. Selected Financial Data 47 Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation 51 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risk 85 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 86 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures 87 Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 87 Item 9B. Other Information 88 PART III 89 Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 89 Item 11. Executive Compensation 89 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 89 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 90 Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 90 PART IV 91 Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Schedules 91 SIGNATURES 94 Table of Contents PART I SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties, as well as assumptions that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. The statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act. Such forward-looking statements include any expectation of earnings, revenue or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations; factors that may affect our operating results; statements about our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property rights; statements about our ability to retain and hire necessary associates and appropriately staff our operations; statements related to future capital expenditures; statements related to future economic conditions or performance; statements as to industry trends; and other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts or statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Forward-looking statements are often identified by the use of words such as, but not limited to, “anticipate,” “believe,” “can,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “plan,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “would,” and similar expressions or variations intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management based on information currently available to management. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause actual results and the timing of certain events to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” included in Item 1A of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and the risks discussed in our other SEC filings. Furthermore, such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements. As used in this report, the terms “Benefitfocus, Inc.,” “Benefitfocus,” “Company,” “company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” mean Benefitfocus, Inc. and its subsidiaries unless the context indicates otherwise. Item 1. Business Overview Benefitfocus is a leading provider of cloud-based benefits software solutions for consumers, employers, insurance carriers, and brokers. The Benefitfocus platform provides an integrated suite of solutions that enables our employer and insurance carrier customers to more efficiently shop, enroll, manage, and exchange benefits information. Our web-based platform has a user-friendly interface designed to enable the insured consumers to access all of their benefits in one place. Our comprehensive solutions support core benefits plans, including healthcare, dental, life, and disability insurance, and voluntary benefits plans, such as critical illness, supplemental income, and wellness programs. As the number of employer benefits plans has increased, with each plan subject to many different business rules and requirements, demand for the Benefitfocus platform has grown. The Benefitfocus platform enables our customers to simplify the management of complex benefits processes, from sales through enrollment and implementation to ongoing administration. It provides consumers with an engaging, highly intuitive, and personalized user interface for selecting and managing all of their benefits via the web or mobile devices. Employers use our solutions to streamline benefits processes, keep up with complex regulatory requirements, control costs, and offer a greater 2 Table of Contents variety of plans to attract, retain, and motivate their employees. Insurance carriers use our solutions to more effectively market offerings, manage billing, and improve the enrollment process. We also provide a network of over 900 benefit provider data exchange connections, which facilitates the otherwise highly fragmented interaction among employees, employers, and carriers. We serve two separate but related market segments. Our fastest growing market segment, the employer market, consists of employers offering benefits to their employees. Within this segment, we mainly target large employers with more than 1,000 employees, of which we believe there are approximately 18,000 in the United States. In our other market segment, we sell our solutions to insurance carriers, enabling us to expand our overall footprint in the benefits marketplace by aggregating many key constituents, including consumers, employers, and brokers. We believe our presence in both the employer and insurance carrier markets gives us a strong position at the center of the benefits ecosystem. As of December 31, 2013, we served over 20 million consumers on the Benefitfocus platform. As of December 31, 2013, we served 393 large employer customers, an increase from 121 in 2009, and 40 carrier customers, an increase from 28 in 2009. We sell the Benefitfocus platform on a subscription basis, typically through annual contracts with our employer customers and multi-year contracts with our insurance carrier customers, with subscription fees paid monthly. The multi-year contracts with our carrier customers are generally only cancellable by the carrier in an instance of our uncured breach, although some of our carrier customers are able to terminate their respective contracts without cause or for convenience. Our software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) model provides us visibility into our future operating results through increased revenue predictability, which enhances our ability to manage our business. Historically, our annual software services revenue retention rate has been in excess of 95%. Our total revenue increased from $81.7 million in 2012 to $104.8 million in 2013, representing a 28.2% year-over-year increase. Our employer revenue increased from $23.8 million in 2012 to $40.7 million in 2013, representing a 71.1% year-over-year increase. Our carrier revenue increased from $58.0 million in 2012 to $64.1 million in 2013, representing a 10.6% year-over-year increase. We had net losses of $14.9 million in 2012 and $30.4 million in 2013. Our company was founded in 2000, and we currently employ approximately 981 associates. Industry Background The administration and distribution of benefits to employees is a mainstay of the U.S. economy. Providing these benefits is costly and complex and requires the exchange of information, application of rules, and transfer of funds among a wide variety of constituents, including consumers, employers, insurance carriers, brokers, benefits outsourcers, payroll processors, and financial institutions. According to IBISWorld calculations, in 2012, the market for HR benefits administration in the United States was over $59 billion. In addition, Gartner estimates that in 2012, the U.S. insurance industry spent over $55 billion on software and related services. The variety and complexity of core benefits plans, including healthcare, dental, life, and disability insurance continues to grow. In addition, employers are increasingly offering a range of voluntary benefits plans, such as critical illness, supplemental income, and wellness programs. The current system for providing benefits is changing rapidly and suffers from significant inefficiency as a result of complexity, regulation, and the involvement of multiple parties, leaving room for substantial improvement along the entire benefits value chain. 3 Gartner, Forecast: Enterprise IT Spending by Vertical Industry Market, Worldwide, 1Q13 Update , United States Insurance Market Spending on Software, IT Services, and Internal Services. 1 1 Table of Contents Employer Market As of 2010, according to the United States Census Bureau, there were approximately 5.7 million employers in the United States. Currently, we believe there are over 18,000 entities that employ more than 1,000 individuals. A significant and growing portion of employers’ costs is non-salary benefits, such as the health insurance that they provide to their employees. With healthcare and other premiums increasing, senior executives are prioritizing benefits administration in their organizations, searching for ways to contain costs without sacrificing benefits. In addition, the expense burden continues to shift to employees. Employees’ contributions to premiums for health insurance have grown from approximately $318 in 1999 to approximately $951 per employee in 2012. Employers recognize the importance of offering a greater variety of core and voluntary benefits as a means to attract, motivate, and retain employees. They must maintain relationships with multiple insurance carriers and many other benefits providers, placing a substantial administrative burden on their organizations. Employers’ distribution, management, and administration of employee benefits has historically consisted of error-prone, paper-based processes, and a patchwork of customized software tools, which are costly to maintain, often lack necessary functionality, and fail to address the increasing complexity of the benefits marketplace. As benefits offerings become more complex and employees bear more of the cost of those benefits, HR software solutions that streamline information, simplify choices, and engage employees are increasingly in demand. Employees desire tailored, dynamic, and interactive communication of critical benefits information as they become accustomed to receiving personalized content through various consumer applications on a range of devices. Legacy HR systems were generally designed as extensions of enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems, built for back-office responsibilities like finance and accounting. As a result, these systems lack functionality and ease-of-use for employees. Many legacy HR systems were not designed to integrate with the broader benefits ecosystem, including brokers, carriers, and wellness providers. This results in expensive, error-prone, and frustrating experiences for employers and employees. Benefits outsourcers have attempted to compensate for the shortcomings of legacy HR systems, but they have generally lacked adequate technology solutions necessary to keep up with the rapidly evolving benefits landscape. As a result, employees are often not provided with the appropriate functionality and information required to select and manage their benefits effectively. Modern technology, changing communication patterns, and a constantly evolving benefits ecosystem have changed the employee-employer relationship. HR executives continue to search for effective strategies to increase efficiency and contain costs, while increasing employee engagement and satisfaction. Employers are increasingly interested in SaaS solutions that can help capture and analyze benefits data and ultimately lead to healthier, happier, and more productive employees. In order to manage the distribution and administration of benefits effectively, employers need an integrated platform, capable of handling all benefits in one place and providing a highly personalized experience for employees. Insurance Carrier Market The employee benefits market consists of a myriad of insurance carriers and products. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the single largest benefit provided to employees in the United States is healthcare insurance, often encompassing more than 90% of all insurance benefits spending by employers. According to SNL Financial data, the U.S. private healthcare insurance market consists of approximately 313 carriers covering approximately 176 million individual consumers. Carriers provide benefits primarily through over 5.7 million U.S. employers. Large, national insurance carriers also offer numerous individual health plans of different types, including health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, point-of-service plans, and health savings accounts across the 50 states. Each carrier offers a complex variety of health 4 Table of Contents insurance plans, with each plan requiring multiple decisions to address the specific needs of employers and their individual employees. Despite widespread carrier consolidation, numerous disparate systems remain in place, with many large carriers operating on multiple IT systems. Carriers often rely on manual processes and siloed software applications to bridge gaps in legacy administration systems. Even as carriers attempt to modernize and keep up with evolving industry practices and a changing regulatory landscape, they have difficulty connecting with the broader healthcare system. The effective delivery and management of healthcare benefits depends on the timely, continuous exchange of data among carriers, their employer customers, and individual members. Legacy benefits management systems often lack important functionality such as web and mobile self-service capabilities and real-time data exchange. Critical carrier processes, including member enrollment, billing, communications, and retail marketing have often been under-optimized or neglected by legacy systems, and carriers have devoted significant internal resources to cover technology gaps. In addition, healthcare reform mandates and the rise of exchanges have increased focus on carriers’ retail distribution capabilities, which require additional investment. Governmental oversight, punctuated with the passage of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, has led to an increasingly intricate regulatory framework under which health benefits are delivered, accessed, and maintained. PPACA significantly expands insurance coverage through the individual mandate, with the goal of providing healthcare insurance to all U.S. citizens. To encourage enrollment, PPACA introduces a new distribution model in the form of healthcare exchanges—online marketplaces that allow insurance carriers to compete directly for new members. PPACA authorized the creation of publicly funded state exchanges in which individuals and small businesses can purchase health insurance directly from carriers. In addition to these federally mandated public exchanges, a number of private entities, including benefit outsourcers, carriers, and brokers are establishing their own private exchanges. We expect private exchanges will be less rigid, promoting both health and non-health benefits, with substantially fewer rules around the types of benefits offered. As insurance carriers continue to bolster their retail distribution capabilities, we believe they will require new technology solutions to attract additional members through private exchanges. Reportable Segments Our reportable segments, Employer and Carrier, are based on type of customer. Financial information for Benefitfocus’ reportable segments is included in Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Benefitfocus Solutions We provide a multi-tenant cloud-based benefit platform to the employer and carrier markets. The Benefitfocus platform offers an integrated suite of software solutions that enables our customers to more efficiently shop, enroll, manage, and exchange benefits information. We believe our solutions help employers in the following important ways: Simplify Benefits Enrollment . Our solutions reduce the complexity of benefits enrollment by integrating all plan information in one place and presenting it to employees in an organized and easy- to-understand manner. Employees shop and enroll using a highly intuitive and engaging consumer-oriented interface. Side-by-side comparison tools and real-time quotes enable employees to understand and compare plans and determine how much each option will cost them every month. Notifications are sent in real-time when revised plan designs or new legislation affect coverage. We create videos and use avatars to give employees straightforward explanations of plan details, limitations, changes, and cost-sharing levels. 5 Table of Contents Transition to Defined Contribution Benefits Funding Model . Our solutions help enable employers’ ongoing shift to defined contribution plans. Defined contribution plans differ from traditional defined benefit plans as they grant employees a stipend with which to purchase benefits of their choosing. Defined contribution plans also offer more discretion and options compared to defined benefit plans. Our products support traditional defined benefit plans, allowing employees to select from a list of benefits offered by their employer, calculating required member contributions, and recording and transmitting elections and other important information to payroll. Separately, with respect to defined contribution plans, our exchange solutions help facilitate an online shopping environment with many benefits options that allows employees to select personalized benefit offerings to suit their individual needs. Reduce Cost and Increase ROI . Our solutions automate the benefits management process and reduce the cost associated with clerical errors and covering ineligible employees and dependents. They significantly reduce errors resulting from manual file creation, data entry, and sending enrollment materials via mail or fax. The Benefitfocus platform ensures plan information is more accurately captured and submitted in real-time. Automated audits and dependent verification functionality accurately ensure employers only pay benefits for eligible employees. Our solutions also include advanced analytics that enable employers and employees to quickly gather, report, and forecast benefit costs. Attract, Retain, and Motivate Employees . Our solutions help employers attract, retain, and motivate top talent by delivering benefits information through a highly intuitive and engaging user interface. The Benefitfocus platform supports more than 100 types of plans and numerous third-party apps. Our solutions enable employees to have better visibility into the value of the plans available through their employers. Employees have a better understanding of their benefits and are empowered to make informed decisions. We believe that when employees understand the value of their benefits, they are more likely to be satisfied with and engaged in their jobs. Streamline HR Processes . Our solutions eliminate the time-consuming and labor-intensive, often paper-based, processes associated with managing employee benefits plans, making HR professionals more efficient. Our solutions reduce the need to store paper forms and new hire enrollment packets, and provide one place to easily manage all benefits and related information. Employers and HR professionals can efficiently enroll users or update information, and communicate or make changes to plans in real-time. An intuitive user interface and a library of contextual online content explaining complex concepts and terms promote manager and employee self-service. Integrate Seamlessly with other Related Systems . Our solutions can be easily and securely integrated with a variety of related systems, including carrier membership and billing systems, payroll and HR systems, banks, and other third-party administrators. We provide a network of over 900 benefit provider data exchange connections. Our solutions ensure accurate paycheck deductions and real-time enrollment in a variety of benefits plans. The Benefitfocus platform supports multiple data integration methods, including event-driven transactions, real-time web services, and XML or fixed-width file-based data exchange. In addition to convenient and flexible data exchange, the Benefitfocus platform also ensures that data is secure and accurate. Our open architecture further extends our functionality by allowing third parties to develop and offer apps and services on our platform. We believe our solutions help insurance carriers in the following important ways: Attract and Maintain Membership . Our solutions allow carriers to maximize sales capacity and efficiency by communicating directly with their employer customers and individual members. Carriers can track leads, generate quotes, create proposals with multiple products, and quickly follow-up with potential customers and members. The Benefitfocus platform also allows carriers to automate and integrate direct marketing, sales, underwriting, and enrollment to provide a high quality, efficient, and engaging online consumer shopping experience. Our solutions provide a library of customizable video 6 Table of Contents content to deliver customized messages, reflect carrier branding, introduce new products, upsell ancillary consumer benefits, and enable consumers to navigate through complex healthcare processes to make informed decisions. Reduce Administrative Costs . Our solutions improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the relationship between carriers and members. The Benefitfocus platform allows carriers to automate and simplify various aspects of the benefits administration process, such as enrollment, plan changes, eligibility updates, and billing, from one centralized location. Carriers can more easily apply complex business rules that enforce data accuracy and eliminate unnecessary costs such as coverage of ineligible employees. Members are able to view consolidated online invoices and pay electronically, eliminating the cost and inefficiencies inherent in paper-based billing and reducing time associated with bill payment and collection. Bolster Retail Distribution Capabilities Through Private Exchanges . Our solutions help carriers respond to an evolving marketplace in which retail distribution capabilities are increasingly important to attracting and retaining new members. Our private exchange platform offers carriers a lower cost direct sales channel to employer groups and individuals. We offer the ability to sell both healthcare and non-healthcare benefit products in an online shopping environment that serves as an alternative to government-sponsored public exchanges. Facilitate Real-Time Data Exchange . Our solutions simplify interactions and data exchange, and foster collaboration among carriers and their partners, brokers, employer customers, and individual members. This allows carriers to rapidly tailor and offer new benefits packages. Our Growth Strategy We intend to strengthen our position as a leading provider of cloud-based benefits software solutions. Key elements of our growth strategy include the following: Expand our Customer Base . We believe that our current customer base represents a small fraction of our targeted employers and carriers that could benefit from our solutions. While we currently serve approximately 393 large employer customers, we believe that there are over 18,000 large employers in the United States. We also currently serve approximately 40 carrier customers, but, according to SNL Financial data, the U.S. private healthcare insurance market alone consists of approximately 313 carriers. In order to reach new customers in our existing employer and carrier markets, we are aggressively investing in our sales and marketing resources. Deepen our Relationships with our Existing Customer Base . We are deepening our employer relationships by continuing to provide a unified platform to manage increasingly complex benefits processes and simplify the distribution and administration of employee benefits. We are expanding our carrier relationships through both the upsell of additional software products and increased adoption across our carriers’ member populations. We also believe our customers will use our benefits software solutions more if they are satisfied with our services. As we extend and strengthen the functionality of products, we plan to continue to invest in initiatives to increase the depth of adoption of our solutions and maintain our high levels of customer satisfaction. Extend our Suite of Applications and Continue our Technology Leadership . We are extending the number, range, and functionality of our benefits applications. For example, we recently launched the new Benefitfocus Plan Shopping app, which allows employees to use actual claims data when comparing available benefits plans, helping them better understand the relationship among healthcare usage, available coverages options, and out-of-pocket costs. We have also extended the functionality of our products with various mobile applications. We intend to continue our collaboration with customers and partners, so we can respond quickly to evolving market needs with innovative applications and support our leadership position. 7 Table of Contents Further Develop our Partner Ecosystem . We have established strong relationships with organizations such as SuccessFactors, Allstate Insurance Company, the Mayo Clinic, and others in a variety of industries to deliver best-in-class applications to our customers. Each of these partners brings additional functionality to the Benefitfocus platform, making it more attractive to customers. This in turn creates a broader audience and makes the Benefitfocus platform more attractive to potential partners. We believe that providing third-party applications to our network of employers, carriers, and consumers will help accelerate our growth, create revenue opportunities and deepen our relationships with existing customers. In support of these and other collaborations, we plan to continue to invest in our integration infrastructure to allow third parties and customers to build custom applications on the Benefitfocus platform and create deep integrations between their systems and ours. Leverage our Corporate Culture . We believe our culture benefits our associates and customers and supports our growth. In 2012, we published “Benefitfocus—Winning With Culture”, which includes associates’ descriptions about our culture of collaboration, commitment, opportunity, and service, and describes the environment we created to encourage technology innovation. We plan to continue to invest in our culture to help attract and retain top design and engineering professionals that are passionate about Benefitfocus and motivated to create superior software technology. With loyal and engaged associates, we believe we can provide high levels of customer satisfaction, leading to greater sales of our benefits software solutions. Target New Markets . We believe substantial demand for our solutions exists in markets and geographies beyond our current focus. We intend to leverage opportunities we believe will arise from the complexities of changing government regulation and increased enrollment impacting both Medicare and Medicaid. We also plan to grow our sales capability internationally by expanding our direct sales force and collaborating with strategic partners in new, international locations. The Benefitfocus Portfolio of Products Our portfolio of products, as summarized below, provides a seamless, integrated experience for the entire life cycle of benefits enrollment and management for insurance carriers and employers. We also provide extensive applications to help carriers and employers manage their programs more effectively. Products for Insurance Carriers 8 Products and Services for Insurance Carriers Products and Services for Employers eEnrollment HR InTouch eBilling HR InTouch Marketplace eExchange Benefit Informatics eSales Implementation Services eDirect HR Support Center Marketplace Media and Animation Services Benefit Informatics App Development Platform Implementation Services Software-Enabled Services Media and Animation Services App Development Platform Software-Enabled Services (cid:4) eEnrollment is our flagship product for carriers, providing them with online enrollment for all types of benefits. We designed eEnrollment to enhance our users’ experience by presenting information in a user-friendly format and integrating educational videos, and plan comparison and decision support tools to help navigate the enrollment process. In addition to helping customers find suitable plans, eEnrollment supports complex business rules, such as eligibility and rating criteria. eEnrollment facilitates the following activities: Table of Contents 9 (cid:4) Initial Enrollment . Employees and brokers can complete applications and health statements prior to making elections. Once the selection occurs, eEnrollment automatically calculates group numbers, finalizes benefit elections, and sends the data to the insurance carriers’ membership systems. (cid:4) Open Enrollment . eEnrollment simplifies open enrollment by providing tools to map employees from one plan to another, such as workflow, to-do lists, e-mail reminders, and a wide range of reports. (cid:4) New Hire Enrollment . New hires can enroll in benefits anytime during their initial enrollment period. eEnrollment calculates wait periods and effective dates automatically to ensure compliance with the employers’ business rules. (cid:4) Life Events . Employees can make changes to their elections for specific reasons, including a birth, marriage, and military leave. eEnrollment calculates effective dates and helps employees understand what types of coverage changes are permitted with each type of life event. (cid:4) eBilling is an electronic invoice presentment and payment solution, or EIPP. It consolidates invoices from multiple insurance products so employers and individuals receive one invoice that can be viewed and paid electronically. eBilling automates the synchronization of billing and membership data to improve the accuracy of billing processes and provides options to simplify bill payment, such as scheduled one-time and/or recurring payments. (cid:4) eExchange is a solution that bridges the communication gap between carrier and employer systems, allowing a seamless exchange of data between the two. Our customers use eExchange to integrate data from multiple systems, convert data from one format to another, and manage the flow of employee data between carriers and employers. (cid:4) eSales gives carriers and brokers tools to organize and proactively manage accounts, track leads, generate quotes, and create proposals for multiple products. eSales allows carriers to define their own market segments and configure them with unique workflows and business rules. It also enables greater data accuracy by automatically incorporating updated products, options and pricing for the most current rates and quotes. Carriers purchase eSales to increase productivity in their sales force. (cid:4) eDirect provides a high quality online retail experience for carriers to sell policies directly to individuals. eDirect integrates direct marketing, pricing, sales, and enrollment into one product. eDirect provides an interactive, user-friendly experience for customers during the shopping and enrollment process and offers side-by-side comparisons, videos, and other educational materials to help customers understand the options available to them. (cid:4) Marketplace is an online shopping environment, sometimes referred to as an exchange,that allows customers to select from a variety of benefits plan choices to suit their individual needs. Marketplace supports the shift toward defined contribution benefits plans, which are increasing in popularity. Marketplace provides consumer-centric experiences focused on personalization, and integrates social tools to help drive informed choices while selecting benefits. It also includes features to track plans and compare pricing and features across multiple benefit plans. (cid:4) Benefit Informatics is our data analytics solution for use by carriers and their self-insured employer customers. Benefit Informatics is a privately-labeled analytics solution that helps carriers and their self-insured employers identify cost drivers, recognize trends, and predict future risks and costs. Additional analytical capabilities help create “what-if” scenarios to model different variables, such as co-pay, deductibles, benefits, inflation, and member populations. Table of Contents Products for Employers Professional Services and Customer Support 10 (cid:4) HR InTouch supports online enrollment, employee communication, benefit education and administration for all types of benefits. The product is designed to increase participation, simplify enrollment, and improve communication between HR departments and their employees. HR InTouch provides a personalized enrollment to-do list that guides employees through each benefit decision with educational videos, avatars, cost trackers, and reminders from the HR team throughout the enrollment process. HR InTouch enables employees to review each step in the enrollment process and electronically sign-off when it is complete. (cid:4) HR InTouch Marketplace creates a private exchange environment for large employers who offer defined contribution plans. In one cohesive, engaging workflow, HR InTouch Marketplace presents employees with all of the plans their employers offer. Employees who need extra assistance can access avatars, animated videos, and live chat sessions as they explore their benefit options. As employees shop for the plans that best fit their individual needs, a virtual shopping cart keeps a running tally of the employers’ defined contribution in addition to the employees’ out-of-pocket costs. If employees choose to purchase more coverage on their own, they can easily view and pay their bills in the HR InTouch Marketplace. (cid:4) Benefit Informatics is our data analytics solution that helps employers make more informed, data-driven decisions about their benefits offerings. This product aggregates benefit cost and claims data from relevant sources and allows customers to analyze, forecast, and monitor costs. Benefit Informatics enables employers and their advisors to identify cost drivers, recognize trends, and predict future risks and costs. Additional analytical capabilities create “what-if” scenarios to model different variables, such as co-pays, deductibles, benefits, inflation, and member populations. (cid:4) Implementation Services . We provide implementation services to our customers in order to help ensure seamless deployment and effective utilization of our solutions. Our carrier and employer implementation teams follow a five-step approach for each implementation: (cid:4) Discovery , including project planning and coordination to establish key milestones, documenting business and technical requirements, establishing a deployment strategy, and planning operational and market adoption activities. (cid:4) Configuration and deployment , including configuring products to meet requirements identified during discovery, and defining needs for data exchange, payroll integration, and file transfer protocol. (cid:4) Integration , including connecting the Benefitfocus platform functionality to a customer’s currently existing systems, such as carrier membership and billing, payroll and HR systems, employee communications, intranets, and others. (cid:4) Testing , including testing of various scenarios and uses cases, inbound and outbound payroll integration, and regression testing. (cid:4) Training and technical support , including sessions to learn how to implement and access our products. (cid:4) HR Support Center . We provide employers with expanded support services where our benefits specialists help customers’ employees understand benefit offerings, navigate the enrollment process, and find answers to frequently asked HR questions. Our HR Support Center provides employees with personalized, guided support. Additional services, such as fulfillment, dependent verification, and HR administration, are available to meet unique organizational needs. Table of Contents Partner Offerings Customers Our customers include employers of all sizes across a variety of industries and some of the nation’s largest insurance carriers and aggregators. Following is a list of some of our significant employer and carrier customers. 11 (cid:4) Media and Animation Services . We create video and animated content that can be licensed within our applications or independently for distribution via client portals or websites. Benefitfocus provides a comprehensive video library and also can produce custom videos to meet specific communication requirements of its carrier and employer customers. Our staff of executive producers, project managers, writers, graphic designers, editors, and on-camera talent guide customers through the process from concept development to delivery. Benefitfocus hosts videos, eliminating the need for additional investments or internal IT resources by our customers. In addition, we incorporate our customers’ unique branding to provide a seamless extension of corporate websites and messaging. (cid:4) App Development Platform . We allow our partners and customers to develop custom apps that integrate directly with HR InTouch. HR professionals can easily work with external data and services through the same platform they are using to manage their benefits. Apps are organized into the following categories: voluntary benefits, health and wellness, benefits administration, finance, and communication. Representative apps include the Mayo Clinic App, which provides access to customizable health assessments, disease management tools, and a 24/7 nurse line, and the LifeLock App, which allows employees to purchase identity theft protection when they are enrolling in other benefit programs. (cid:4) Software-Enabled Services . In addition to our app development platform, the open and flexible nature of our software architecture allows us to build deeper integrations with partner organizations and offer custom services in response to customer demand. Some examples include: (cid:4) SuccessFactors provides employee performance management solutions. We partnered with them to create a full HR and benefits management suite that combines employee talent, profile, and core HR information to help drive employee onboarding, promotion, and development. The SuccessFactors suite of products provides an enterprise-class system of record, as well as powerful analytics and intuitive tools. (cid:4) WageWorks supports benefits such as health savings accounts, flexible spending accounts, and health reimbursement programs, as well as commuter benefits, direct billing, and COBRA, through a single sign-on from our platform. (cid:4) Spectra Integration provides print fulfillment services which enable customers to send employee information via mail to educate their workforce about benefit offerings, total compensation statements, and communication campaigns. Employer Customers Carrier Customers Bon Secours Health System, Inc. Aetna Life Insurance Company Brooks Brothers Group, Inc. Allstate Insurance Company Columbia Sportswear Company Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Kansas City Fender Musical Instruments Corporation BlueCross and BlueShield of South Carolina Morganite Industries Inc. Tufts Associated Health Plans, Inc. The Wet Seal, Inc. WellPoint, Inc. UFCW TFO-Employers Benefit Plan of Northern California Group Administration, LLC Vangent, Inc. Table of Contents During the year ended December 31, 2013, no customer accounted for more than 10.0% of our total revenue. Sales and Marketing We sell substantially all of our software solutions through our direct sales organization. Our direct sales team comprises employer-focused and carrier-focused field sales professionals who are organized primarily by geography and account size. We generate customer leads, accelerate sales opportunities and build brand awareness through our marketing programs and strategic relationships. Our marketing programs target HR, benefits, and finance executives, technology professionals, and senior business leaders. Our principal marketing programs include: Technology Infrastructure and Operations As an enterprise cloud software vendor, we have always deployed our solutions using a SaaS model. Our customers access our software via the web or mobile devices, rather than by installing software on their premises. Through our multi-tenant platform, our customers access a single instance of our software with multiple possible configurations enabled by our metadata-driven framework. The multi-tenant approach provides significant operating leverage and improved efficiency as it helps us to reduce our fixed cost base and minimize unused capacity on our hardware. In addition, our software architecture gives us an advantage over vendors of legacy systems, who may be using a less flexible architecture that would require significant time and expense to update. We host our applications and serve all of our customers from two redundant data centers in separate locations. We rely on third-party vendors to operate these data centers, which are designed to host mission-critical computer systems and have industry-standard measures in place to minimize service interruptions. Our technical operations staff manages the technology stacks supporting the Benefitfocus platform and uses automated monitoring tools throughout our system to detect unusual events or malfunctions that could interfere with our customers’ or partners’ use of the Benefitfocus platform. We monitor application health by verifying that all applications, interfaces and supporting middleware are operational. If our monitoring tools detect a problem, they notify our technical operations staff, who responds immediately to diagnose and resolve the problem. We take the security of our data and our systems very seriously, and we focus on minimizing the risk of vulnerabilities in our system at every level of software design and system and network administration. 12 (cid:4) use of our website to provide application and company information, as well as learning opportunities for potential customers; (cid:4) territory development representatives who respond to incoming leads and convert them into new sales opportunities; (cid:4) participation in, and sponsorship of, user conferences, executive events, trade shows and industry events, including our annual user and partner conference, One Place; (cid:4) integrated marketing campaigns, including direct email, online web advertising, blogs and webinars; and (cid:4) public relations, analyst relations and social media initiatives. Table of Contents Compliance and Certifications We voluntarily obtain third-party security examinations relating to security and data privacy. Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements, or SSAE, No. 16 (Reporting on Controls at a Service Organization) replaced SAS-70 Type II examinations as the authoritative standard for reporting on service organizations. An independent third-party auditor conducts our SSAE examination every 12 months and addresses, among other areas, our physical and environmental safeguards for production data centers, data availability and integrity procedures, change management procedures, and logical security procedures. We also obtain independent third-party audit opinions related to security and data privacy annually. Service Organization Controls, or SOC, reports are covered under SSAE No. 16. Benefitfocus obtains an SOC 1 Type II, SOC 2 Type II, and SOC 3 report. The SOC 1 report includes a third-party assessment and opinion on our description of our system for processing user entities’ transactions. The SOC 2 and SOC 3 reports are based on a set of standards related to security with a focus on internal controls related to unauthorized physical and logical access to systems and data. On an annual basis, we complete an internal audit of compliance against the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards, or PCI-DSS, applicable to Level 2 service providers. These standards focus on application and network security controls for companies that transmit and store credit card data on behalf of clients. Benefitfocus meets PCI compliance requirements as a Level 2 service provider and submits its Service Assessment Questionnaire Part D documenting this assessment to the four major credit card brands annually. In addition to PCI-DDS, Benefitfocus meets all applicable security requirements required by the National Automated Clearinghouse Association, or NACHA, for third-party service providers, as well as all requirements for Covered Entities as required by HIPAA. We validate both NACHA and HIPAA compliance annually through internal audits. As a response to concerns about the adequacy of data privacy laws in the United States, the U.S. Department of Commerce, in consultation with the European Commission, developed a “Safe Harbor” framework. The European Commission has agreed to consider that a self-certifying company provides “adequate” data privacy protection, as required by the European Data Protection Directive. We are in the process of self-certifying to the Safe Harbor framework on an annual basis, making it easier for our customers based in Europe or with offices or employees in Europe to store their data with us. Competition While we do not believe any single competitor offers similarly expansive software solutions, we face competition from various sources, many of which have greater resources than us. Competition in our employer segment includes: 13 (cid:4) ERP software companies, including SAP, Oracle (PeopleSoft) and Infor (Lawson), each offering a cloud-based benefits administration software solution; (cid:4) HR outsourcing companies, including Aon/Hewitt and Towers Watson, both of which have recently launched benefits exchange solutions; (cid:4) payroll service providers, including ADP and Paychex, both of which have expanded their core payroll services to include some form of cloud-based benefits administration services; and (cid:4) various niche software vendors. Table of Contents Competitors in our carrier segment include: We believe that competition for benefits software and services is based primarily on the following factors: We believe that we compete effectively based upon all of these criteria, and that we are likely to continue to retain a high percentage of our customers. Nonetheless, we believe that the increasing acceptance of automated solutions in the healthcare marketplace and the adoption of more sophisticated technology and legislative reform will result in increased competition, including potentially from large software companies with greater resources than ours. Other companies might develop superior or more economical service offerings that our customers could find more attractive than our offerings. Moreover, the regulatory landscape might shift in a direction that is more strategically advantageous to competitors. Research and Development Our ability to compete depends, in large part, on our continuous commitment to rapidly introduce new applications, technologies, features, and functionality. We deliver multiple software releases per year, updating the Benefitfocus platform to leverage advances in cloud computing, mobile applications, and data management. Our research and development team is responsible for the design and development of our applications. We follow state-of-the-art practices in software development using 14 (cid:4) insurance carriers that have invested in internally developed benefit management solutions; (cid:4) member services companies, including those providing web-based subscriber enrollment and claims adjudication services, such as Trizetto and DST Health Solutions; and (cid:4) various niche software vendors. (cid:4) capability for customization through configuration, integration, security, scalability, and reliability of applications; (cid:4) competitive and understandable pricing; (cid:4) breadth and depth of application functionality; (cid:4) size of customer base and level of user adoption; (cid:4) extensive data exchange network; (cid:4) cloud-based delivery model; (cid:4) dynamic communication capabilities with contextual media, animation, and acknowledgement tools; (cid:4) ability to integrate with legacy enterprise infrastructures and third-party applications; (cid:4) domain expertise in benefits and healthcare consumerism; (cid:4) extensive base of rules and event-driven benefit eligibility and enrollment; (cid:4) accessible on any browser or mobile device; (cid:4) modern and adaptive technology platform; (cid:4) access to third-party apps; (cid:4) clearly defined implementation timeline; (cid:4) customer-branding and styling; and (cid:4) ability to innovate and respond to customer and legislative needs rapidly. Table of Contents modern programming languages, data storage systems, and other tools. We use both commercial and open source products, following a “best tool for the job” philosophy in product selection. Our software has a multi-tiered architecture that ensures flexibility to add or modify features quickly in response to changing market dynamics, customer needs, or regulatory requirements. Our research and development expenses were $23.5 million, $14.6 million, $9.1 million and $8.7 million, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Intellectual Property We rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, copyright, and trademark laws, license agreements, confidentiality procedures, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements, and technical measures to protect the intellectual property used in our business. We generally enter into confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with our associates, consultants, vendors, and customers. We also seek to control access to and distribution of our software, documentation, and other proprietary information. We use numerous trademarks for our products and services, and “Benefitfocus”, “HR InTouch”, “HR InTouch Marketplace”, “All Your Benefits. One Place.”, and “Shop. Enroll. Manage. Exchange.” are registered marks of Benefitfocus in the United States. Through claimed common law trademark protection, we also protect other Benefitfocus marks which identify our services, such as “All Your Benefits. In Your Pocket.”, Benefitfocus eEnrollment, Benefitfocus eBilling, Benefitfocus eExchange, and Benefitfocus eSales, and we have reserved numerous domain names, including “benefitfocus.com”. We also have registered trademarks and pending trademark applications in foreign jurisdictions such as Australia, Canada, India, Ireland, New Zealand, South Africa, and the United Kingdom. We have been granted two U.S. patents (utility patent) and have four U.S. patent applications (all for utility patents) pending. Our first patent, which protects specified systems and methods for the automatic creation of agent-based systems, was issued in April 2013 and will not expire until May 2030. Our second patent, which protects specified systems and methods for secure agent information, was issued in October 2013 and will not expire until November 19, 2030. We also have 30 pending patent applications under foreign jurisdictions and treaties, such as Australia, Canada, China, Hong Kong, India, Japan, Taiwan, the European Patent Convention, and the Patent Cooperation Treaty. We also rely on certain intellectual property rights that we license from third parties. Although we believe that alternative technologies are generally available to replace such licenses, these third-party technologies may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms. Although we rely on intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, patents, copyrights, and trademarks, as well as contractual protections to establish and protect our proprietary rights, we believe that factors such as the technological and creative skills of our personnel, creation of new modules, features and functionality, and frequent enhancements to our applications are more essential to establishing and maintaining our technology leadership position. The steps we have taken to protect our copyrights, trademarks, and other intellectual property may not be adequate, and the potential exists that third parties could infringe, misappropriate, or misuse our intellectual property. If this were to occur, it could harm our reputation and adversely affect our competitive position or operations. In addition, laws of other jurisdictions may not protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights from unauthorized use or disclosure in the same manner as the United States. The risk of unauthorized use of our proprietary and intellectual property rights may increase as our company expands outside of the United States. 15 Table of Contents Geographic Areas We operate solely in the United States. As such, we held substantially all our assets and generated all our revenue in the United States during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010. Corporate Information We were incorporated in June 2000 as Benefitfocus.com, Inc., a South Carolina corporation. In September 2013, we reincorporated in Delaware as Benefitfocus, Inc. Our pincincipal executive offices are located at 100 Benefitfocus Way, Charleston, South Carolina 29492, and our phone number is (843) 849-7476. Our website address is www.benefitfocus.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this report. We currently employ approximately 981 associates. Executive Officers The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers as of December 31, 2013: Shawn A. Jenkins—President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director Shawn Jenkins, one of our founders, has been our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since our founding in June 2000. Prior to founding Benefitfocus, from 1995 to 2000, he served as Vice President with American Pensions, Inc., leading sales, operations, and technology. From 1994 to 1995, Mr. Jenkins was a program analyst with Rockwell Automation, Inc. Mr. Jenkins serves on the Advisory Board for the School of Computing at Clemson University, Medical University of South Carolina Foundation Board of Directors, College of Charleston Board of Governors, and Charleston Southern University Board of Visitors. He previously served as Chairman of the Growing Forward Campaign for the Lowcountry Food Bank. Mr. Jenkins received an M.B.A. from Charleston Southern University and a B.A. from Geneva College in Beaver Falls, Pennsylvania. Mason R. Holland, Jr.—Executive Chairman of the Board Mason Holland, one of our founders, has been our Executive Chairman and a member of our board of directors since our founding in June 2000. Mr. Holland is responsible for the coordination of strategic partnerships with industry leaders and client relations and serves on the audit, and nominating and corporate governance committees of our board. Mr. Holland founded American Pensions, Inc. in 1988, serving as its Chairman and President from 1988 to 2003. Mr. Holland’s other ventures have included establishing Holland Properties, LLC, a real estate development firm, in 1989, and acquiring Eclipse Aerospace, Inc., a jet aircraft manufacturer, in May 2009, for which he serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Holland attended Old Dominion University in Norfolk, Virginia. Milton A. Alpern—Chief Financial Officer Milt Alpern has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2012. Prior to joining Benefitfocus, from April 2008 to December 2011, he was the Chief Financial Officer for ITA Software, 16 Name Age Position Shawn A. Jenkins 46 President and Chief Executive Officer, Director Mason R. Holland, Jr. 49 Executive Chairman, Director Milton A. Alpern 62 Chief Financial Officer and Secretary Andrew L. Howell 47 Chief Operating Officer Donald Taylor 53 Chief Technology Officer Table of Contents Inc., a SaaS provider of technology solutions to the travel industry, which was acquired by Google in 2011, where he was responsible for leading all financial and administrative functions for the company. Prior to ITA Software, from 2003 to 2008, Mr. Alpern served as the Chief Financial Officer for Applix, Inc., a publicly held international provider of business performance management and business intelligence software where he directed all finance, human resources, legal activities, and financial community relationships. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Alpern served as the Chief Financial Officer at Eprise Corporation, a publicly held provider of business website content management software and solutions, where he was a member of the management team leading the company’s successful initial public offering. Mr. Alpern holds a B.S. in accounting from Montclair State University. Andrew L. Howell—Chief Operating Officer Andy Howell has served as our Chief Operating Officer since June 2010. During his tenure at Benefitfocus, he previously served as our Senior Vice President and General Manager of the insurance carrier business unit from June 2009 to June 2010, as well as Senior Vice President and General Counsel from April 2007 to June 2009. Prior to joining Benefitfocus, Mr. Howell served from July 2002 to March 2007 as Vice President and General Counsel at Blackbaud, Inc., a publicly held software company. Prior to joining Blackbaud, he was a practicing attorney with Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, where he focused on corporate and technology law. Mr. Howell received a B.A. in economics from Washington & Lee University and a J.D. from Mercer University. Donald Taylor—Chief Technology Officer Don Taylor has served as our Chief Technology Officer since February 2008. As a software industry veteran of more than 25 years, Mr. Taylor brings expertise from his experience developing and providing advanced software solutions to the healthcare, banking, and logistics industries. Prior to joining Benefitfocus, from 2001 to 2006, Mr. Taylor was the founder and Chief Technology Officer of Boxcar Central, Inc., which developed a multi-tenant suite of SaaS applications for the third-party logistics market. Mr. Taylor received an A.S. from Charleston Southern University. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 922 full-time associates, or employees, including approximately 411 engaged in technology development and deployment. None of our associates is represented by a labor union and we consider our current relations with our associates to be good. 17 Table of Contents Item 1A. Risk Factors Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks were to materialize, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment in our common stock. Risks Related to Our Business We have had a history of losses, and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability. We experienced net losses of $30.4 million in 2013, $14.9 million in 2012, $15.1 million in 2011, and $2.5 million in 2010. We cannot predict if we will achieve sustained profitability in the near future or at all. We expect to make significant future expenditures to develop and expand our business. In addition, as a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These increased expenditures will make it harder for us to achieve and maintain future profitability. Our recent growth in revenue and number of customers may not be sustainable, and we might not achieve sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in this report, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events. Accordingly, we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability and we may incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and might continue to fluctuate, causing the value of our common stock to decline substantially. Our quarterly operating results might fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis might not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as indicative of our future performance. Moreover, our stock price might be based on expectations of future performance that are unrealistic or that we might not meet and, if our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Our operating results have varied in the past. In addition to other risk factors listed in this section, some of the important factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating results include: 18 (cid:4) the extent to which our products and services achieve or maintain market acceptance; (cid:4) our ability to introduce new products and services and enhancements to our existing products and services on a timely basis; (cid:4) new competitors and the introduction of enhanced products and services from competitors; (cid:4) the financial condition of our current and potential customers; (cid:4) changes in customer budgets and procurement policies; (cid:4) the amount and timing of our investment in research and development activities; (cid:4) technical difficulties with our products or interruptions in our services; (cid:4) our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel, including the rate of expansion of our sales force; (cid:4) changes in the regulatory environment related to benefits and healthcare; Table of Contents In addition, a significant portion of our operating expense is relatively fixed in nature, and planned expenditures are based in part on expectations regarding future revenue. Accordingly, unexpected revenue shortfalls might decrease our gross margins and could cause significant changes in our operating results from quarter to quarter. If this occurs, the trading price of our common stock could fall substantially, either suddenly or over time. As a result of our variable sales and implementation cycles, we might not be able to recognize revenue to offset expenditures, which could result in fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations or otherwise harm our future operating results. The sales cycle for our products and services can be variable, averaging four months in our employer market segment and 15 months in our carrier market segment, each from initial contact to contract execution. During the sales cycle, we expend time and resources, and we do not recognize any revenue to offset such expenditures. After a customer contract is signed, we provide an implementation process for the customer during which we establish and test appropriate integrations, connections and registrations, load data into our system, and train customer personnel. Our implementation cycle is also variable, typically ranging from four to five months for employer implementations and from eight to 10 months for complex carrier implementations, each from contract execution to completion of implementation. Some of our new customer projects are complex and require a lengthy set-up period and significant implementation work. During the implementation cycle, we expend substantial time, effort, and financial resources implementing our products and services, but accounting principles do not allow us to recognize the resulting revenue until implementation is complete and the services are available for use, at which time we begin recognition of implementation revenue over the longer of the life of the contract or the expected life of the customer relationship. Each customer’s situation is different, and unanticipated difficulties and delays might arise as a result of failure by us or by the customer to complete our respective responsibilities. If implementation periods are extended, revenue recognition could be delayed and our financial condition might be adversely affected. In addition, cancellation of any implementation after it has begun might result in lost time, effort, and expenses invested in the cancelled implementation process and lost opportunity for implementing paying clients in that same period of time. These factors might contribute to substantial fluctuations in our quarterly operating results. As a result, in future quarters, our operating results could fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, in which event our stock price would likely decline. Because we recognize revenue and expense relating to monthly subscriptions and professional services over varying periods, downturns or upturns in sales are not immediately reflected in full in our operating results. As a software-as-a-service, or SaaS, company, we recognize our subscription revenue monthly for the term of our contracts and recognize the majority of our professional services revenue ratably over the longer of the contract term or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship. As a result, a portion of the revenue we report each quarter is the recognition of deferred revenue from contracts we entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a shortfall in demand for our software solutions and professional services or a decline in new or renewed contracts in any one 19 (cid:4) regulatory compliance costs; (cid:4) the timing, size, and integration success of potential future acquisitions; and (cid:4) unforeseen legal expenses, including litigation and settlement costs. Table of Contents quarter might not significantly reduce our revenue for that quarter, but could negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in new or renewed sales of our products and services is not reflected in full in our results of operations until future periods. Our revenue recognition model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, because revenue from new customers must be recognized over the applicable term of the contracts or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship period. In addition, we recognize professional services expenses as incurred, which could cause professional services gross margin to be negative. We operate in a highly competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business and operating results will be harmed. The benefits management software market is highly competitive and is likely to attract increased competition, which could make it hard for us to succeed. Small, specialized providers continue to become more sophisticated and effective. In addition, large, well-financed, and technologically sophisticated software companies might focus more on our market. The size and financial strength of these entities is increasing as a result of continued consolidation in both the IT and healthcare industries. We expect large integrated software companies to become more active in our market, both through acquisitions and internal investment. As costs fall and technology improves, increased market saturation might change the competitive landscape in favor of our competitors. Some of our current large competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, and significantly greater resources than we do. As a result, our competitors might be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, or customer requirements. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and might in the future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies, or services to increase the availability of their products in the marketplace. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances might emerge that have greater market share, a larger customer base, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources, and larger sales forces than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Further, in light of these advantages, even if our products and services are more effective than those of our competitors, current or potential customers might accept competitive offerings in lieu of purchasing our offerings. Increased competition is likely to result in pricing pressures, which could negatively impact our sales, profitability, or market share. In addition to new niche vendors, who offer stand-alone products and services, we face competition from existing enterprise vendors, including those currently focused on software solutions that have information systems in place with potential customers in our target market. These existing enterprise vendors might promise products or services that offer ease of integration with existing systems and which leverage existing vendor relationships. In addition, large insurance carriers often have internal technology staffs and proprietary software for benefits management, making them less likely to buy our solutions. The market for our products and services is immature and volatile, and if it does not develop or if it develops more slowly than we expect, the growth of our business will be harmed. The cloud-based benefits management software market is relatively new and unproven, and it is uncertain whether it will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the willingness of employers, carriers, and consumers to increase their use of benefits management software. Many employers and carriers have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate internally developed solutions or traditional enterprise software into their businesses for benefits management, and therefore might be reluctant or unwilling to migrate to our cloud-based solutions. Furthermore, some businesses might be reluctant to use cloud-based solutions because they have concerns about the security of their data and the reliability of the technology delivery model associated with these solutions. If employers, carriers and 20 Table of Contents consumers do not perceive the benefits of our solutions, then our market might not develop at all, or it might develop more slowly than we expect, either of which could significantly adversely affect our operating results. In addition, we have limited insight into trends that might develop and affect our business. We might make errors in predicting and reacting to relevant business trends, which could harm our business. If any of these risks occur, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. The SaaS pricing model is evolving and our failure to manage its evolution and demand could lead to lower than expected revenue and profit. We derive most of our revenue growth from subscription offerings and, specifically, SaaS offerings. This business model depends heavily on achieving economies of scale because the initial upfront investment is costly and the associated revenue is recognized on a ratable basis. If we fail to achieve appropriate economies of scale or if we fail to manage or anticipate the evolution and demand of the SaaS pricing model, then our business and operating results could be adversely affected. If we do not continue to innovate and provide products and services that are useful to consumers, employers, insurance carriers, and brokers and provide high quality support services, we might not remain competitive, and our revenue and operating results could suffer. Our success depends in part on providing products and services that consumers, employers, insurance carriers, and brokers will use to manage benefits. We must continue to invest significant resources in research and development in order to enhance our existing products and services and introduce new high quality products and services that customers will want. If we are unable to predict user preferences or industry changes, or if we are unable to modify our products and services on a timely basis, we might lose customers. Our operating results would also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our customers, are not appropriately timed with market opportunity, or are not effectively brought to market. As technology continues to develop, our competitors might be able to offer results that are, or that are perceived to be, substantially similar to or better than those generated by us. This would force us to compete on additional product and service attributes and to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive. In addition, we may experience difficulties with software development, industry standards, design, or marketing that could delay or prevent our development, introduction, or implementation of new solutions and enhancements. The introduction of new solutions by competitors, the emergence of new industry standards, or the development of entirely new technologies to replace existing offerings could render our existing or future solutions obsolete. Our success also depends on providing high quality support services to resolve any issues related to our products and services. High quality education and customer support is important for the successful marketing and sale of our products and services and for the renewal of existing customers. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional products and services to existing customers would suffer and our reputation with existing or potential customers would be harmed. If we are unable to retain our existing customers, our revenue and results of operations would be adversely affected. We sell our products and services pursuant to agreements that are generally one year for employers and three to five years for carriers. While our employer contracts generally automatically renew on an annual basis, our carrier customers have no obligation to renew their contracts after their contract period expires, and these contracts may not be renewed on the same or on more profitable terms if at all. Additionally, some of our carrier customers are able to terminate their respective contracts 21 Table of Contents without cause or for convenience, although generally our carrier contracts are only cancellable by the carrier in an instance of our uncured breach. As a result, our ability to grow depends in part on the continuance and renewal of our carrier contracts. We may not be able to accurately predict future trends in customer renewals, and our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate because of several factors, including their level of satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our services, the cost of our services, the cost of services offered by our competitors, or reductions in our customers’ spending levels. If our carrier customers terminate or do not renew their contracts for our services, renew on less favorable terms, or do not purchase additional functionality or products, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or decline, and our profitability and gross margins may be harmed. A significant amount of our revenue is derived from our largest customers, and any reduction in revenue from any of these customers would reduce our revenue and net income. Our ten largest customers by revenue in the past four years accounted for approximately 47.4%, 58.6%, 64.1%, and 70.0% of our consolidated revenue in each of 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Our largest customer by revenue in the past four years accounted for approximately 9.5%, 10.5%, 11.7%, and 11.6% of our revenue in each of 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. If any of our key customers decides not to renew its contracts with us, or to renew on less favorable terms, our business, revenues, reputation, and our ability to obtain new customers could be materially and adversely affected. If the number of individuals covered by our employer and carrier customers decreases or the number of products or services to which our employer and carrier customers subscribe decreases, our revenue will decrease. Under most of our customer contracts, we base our fees on the number of individuals to whom our customers provide benefits and the number of products or services subscribed to by our customers. Many factors may lead to a decrease in the number of individuals covered by our customers and the number of products or services subscribed to by our customers, including: If the number of individuals covered by our customers or the number of products or services subscribed to by our customers decreases for any reason, our revenue will likely decrease. Economic uncertainties or downturns in the general economy or the industries in which our customers operate could disproportionately affect the demand for our solutions and negatively impact our results of operations. General worldwide economic conditions have experienced a significant downturn, and market volatility and uncertainty remain widespread, making it extremely difficult for our customers and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. In addition, these conditions could cause our customers or prospective customers to decrease headcount, benefits, or HR budgets, which could decrease corporate spending on our products and services, resulting in delayed and lengthened sales cycles, a decrease in new customer acquisition, and/or loss of customers. Furthermore, during challenging economic times, our customers may have difficulty gaining timely access to sufficient credit or obtaining credit on reasonable terms, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us and adversely affect our revenue. If that were to occur, our financial results could be harmed. Further, 22 (cid:4) failure of our customers to adopt or maintain effective business practices; (cid:4) changes in the nature or operations of our customers; (cid:4) government regulations; and (cid:4) increased competition or other changes in the benefits marketplace. Table of Contents challenging economic conditions might impair the ability of our customers to pay for the products and services they already have purchased from us and, as a result, our write-offs of accounts receivable could increase. We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery. If the condition of the general economy or markets in which we operate worsens, our business could be harmed. Failure to manage our rapid growth effectively could increase our expenses, decrease our revenue, and prevent us from implementing our business strategy. We have been experiencing a period of rapid growth, which puts strain on our business. To manage this and our anticipated future growth effectively, we must continue to maintain and enhance our IT infrastructure, financial and accounting systems, and controls. We also must attract, train, and retain a significant number of qualified sales and marketing personnel, customer support personnel, professional services personnel, software engineers, technical personnel, and management personnel. Failure to effectively manage our rapid growth could lead us to over-invest or under-invest in development and operations, result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems, or controls, give rise to operational mistakes, losses, loss of productivity or business opportunities, and result in loss of employees and reduced productivity of remaining employees. Our growth could require significant capital expenditures and might divert financial resources from other projects such as the development of new products and services. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses might increase more than expected, our revenue could decline or might grow more slowly than expected, and we might be unable to implement our business strategy. The quality of our products and services might suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract customers. We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more key associates or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled associates could adversely affect our business. Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers. We also rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, services, and general and administrative functions, and on mission-critical individual contributors in research and development. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or key associates could have a serious adverse effect on our business. To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must attract and retain highly skilled personnel. Competition is intense for engineers with high levels of experience in designing and developing software and Internet-related services. We might not be successful in maintaining our unique culture and continuing to attract and retain qualified personnel. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled personnel with appropriate qualifications. The pool of qualified personnel with SaaS experience and/or experience working with the benefits market is limited overall and specifically in Charleston, South Carolina, where our principal office is located. In addition, many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have and are located in geographic areas, like Silicon Valley, that may attract more qualified technology workers. In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the Internet and high-technology industries, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options they are to receive in connection with their employment. Volatility in the price of our stock might, therefore, adversely affect our ability to attract or retain highly skilled personnel. Furthermore, the requirement to expense stock options might discourage us from granting the size or type of stock option awards that job candidates require to join our company. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be severely harmed. 23 Table of Contents If we fail to maintain awareness of our brand cost-effectively, our business might suffer. We believe that maintaining awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to continuing the widespread acceptance of our existing solutions and is an important element in attracting new customers. Furthermore, we believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successful promotion of our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and on our ability to provide reliable and useful services at competitive prices. Our efforts to build and maintain our brand nationally have involved significant expenses. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in maintaining our brand. If we fail to successfully maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to maintain our brand, we may fail to attract enough new customers or retain our existing customers to the extent necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, and our business could suffer. Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties. In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on our relationships with third parties, including our partner organizations, and technology and content providers. Identifying partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. Our competitors might be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce subscriptions to our products and services. In addition, acquisitions of our partners by our competitors could result in a decrease in the number of our current and potential customers, as our partners may no longer facilitate the adoption of our applications by potential customers. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results may suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased customer use of our applications or increased revenue. If we are required to collect sales and use taxes in additional jurisdictions, we might be subject to liability for past sales and our future sales may decrease. We might lose sales or incur significant expenses if states successfully impose broader guidelines on state sales and use taxes. A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect sales or other taxes on the licensing of our software or sale of our services could result in substantial tax liabilities for past transactions and otherwise harm our business. Each state has different rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that change over time. We review these rules and regulations periodically and, when we believe we are subject to sales and use taxes in a particular state, voluntarily engage state tax authorities in order to determine how to comply with their rules and regulations. We cannot assure you that we will not be subject to sales and use taxes or related penalties for past sales in states where we currently believe no such taxes are required. Vendors of services, like us, are typically held responsible by taxing authorities for the collection and payment of any applicable sales and similar taxes. If one or more taxing authorities determines that taxes should have, but have not, been paid with respect to our services, we might be liable for past taxes in addition to taxes going forward. Liability for past taxes might also include substantial interest and penalty charges. Our customer contracts typically provide that our customers must pay all applicable sales and similar taxes. Nevertheless, our customers might be reluctant to pay back taxes and might refuse responsibility for interest or penalties associated with those taxes. If we are required to collect and pay back taxes and the associated interest and penalties, and if our clients fail or refuse to reimburse us for all or a portion of these amounts, we will incur unplanned expenses that may be substantial. Moreover, imposition of such taxes on us going forward will effectively increase the cost of our software and services to our customers and might adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers or to gain new customers in the areas in which such taxes are imposed. 24 Table of Contents We might not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss or other tax credit carryforwards, which could adversely affect our profitability. As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards due to prior period losses, which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2022 for federal and state purposes. We also have South Carolina jobs tax credit and headquarters tax credit carryforwards, which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2020. These tax credit carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our profitability. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change”. A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules might apply under state tax laws. Future issuances of our stock could cause an “ownership change”. It is possible that an ownership change, or any future ownership change, could have a material effect on the use of our net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, which could adversely affect our profitability. We might be unable to adequately protect, and we might incur significant costs in enforcing, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. Our success depends in part on our ability to enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret, copyright, patent, and unfair competition laws, as well as license and access agreements and other contractual provisions, to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. In addition, we attempt to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information by requiring employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality, noncompetition, and assignment of inventions agreements. Our attempts to protect our intellectual property might be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. While we have two U.S. patents granted and a number of applications pending, we might not be able to obtain meaningful patent protection for our software. In addition, if any patents are issued in the future, they might not provide us with any competitive advantages, or might be successfully challenged by third parties. Agreement terms that address non-competition are difficult to enforce in many jurisdictions and might not be enforceable in certain cases. To the extent that our intellectual property and other proprietary rights are not adequately protected, third parties might gain access to our proprietary information, develop and market products or services similar to ours, or use trademarks similar to ours, each of which could materially harm our business. Existing U.S. federal and state intellectual property laws offer only limited protection. Moreover, the laws of other countries in which we might in the future conduct operations or contract for services might afford little or no effective protection of our intellectual property. The failure to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights could materially harm our business. In addition, if we resort to legal proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others, the proceedings could be burdensome and expensive, even if we were to prevail. Any litigation that is necessary in the future could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. We might be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights. The software and Internet industries are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, trademarks, and copyrights and by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We have received in the past, and might receive in the 25 Table of Contents future, communications from third parties claiming that we have infringed the intellectual property rights of others. Our technologies might not be able to withstand any third-party claims or rights against their use. Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve, divert management attention from executing our business plan, and require us to pay monetary damages or enter into royalty or licensing agreements. In addition, many of our contracts contain warranties with respect to intellectual property rights, and most require us to indemnify our clients for third-party intellectual property infringement claims, which would increase the cost to us of an adverse ruling on such a claim. Moreover, any settlement or adverse judgment resulting from such a claim could require us to pay substantial amounts of money or obtain a license to continue to use the software or information that is the subject of the claim, or otherwise restrict or prohibit our use of it. We might not be able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, from third parties asserting an infringement claim; we might not be able to develop alternative technology on a timely basis, if at all; and we might not be able to obtain a license to use a suitable alternative technology to permit us to continue offering, and our clients to continue using, our affected services. Accordingly, an adverse determination could prevent us from offering our services to others. Failure to adequately expand our direct sales force will impede our growth. We believe that our future growth will depend on the continued development of our direct sales force and its ability to obtain new customers and to manage our existing customer base. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them in the use of our software requires significant time, expense, and attention. It can take six months or longer before a new sales representative is fully trained and productive. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train our direct sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenues. In particular, if we are unable to hire and develop sufficient numbers of productive direct sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, sales of our products and services will suffer and our growth will be impeded. Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend. We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business such as claims brought by our clients in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by our current or former associates. Litigation might result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might seriously harm our business, overall financial condition, and operating results. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims, and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our operating results and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the trading price of our stock. 26 Table of Contents If we acquire companies or technologies in the future, they could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our operating results and the value of our common stock. As part of our business strategy, we might acquire, enter into joint ventures with, or make investments in complementary companies, services, and technologies in the future. For example, in 2010, we acquired 100% of the net assets of Beninform Holdings, Inc., including its wholly owned subsidiary Benefit Informatics, Inc., and the intellectual property assets of BeliefNetworks, Inc. We spent considerable time, effort, and money pursuing these companies and successfully integrating them into our business. Acquisitions and investments involve numerous risks, including: If we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we might not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, we might incur costs in excess of what we anticipate, and management resources and attention might be diverted from other necessary or valuable activities. We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and might require additional funds to respond to business challenges or opportunities, including the need to develop new products and services or enhance our existing services, enhance our operating infrastructure, and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we might need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which might make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we might not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited. 27 (cid:4) difficulties in identifying and acquiring products, technologies or businesses that will help our business; (cid:4) difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, services and personnel; (cid:4) diversion of financial and managerial resources from existing operations; (cid:4) risk of entering new markets in which we have little to no experience; and (cid:4) delays in customer purchases due to uncertainty and the inability to maintain relationships with customers of the acquired businesses. Table of Contents Future sales to customers outside the United States or with international operations might expose us to risks inherent in international sales which, if realized, could adversely affect our business. An element of our growth strategy is to expand internationally. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic, and political risks that are different from those in the United States. Because of our limited experience with international operations, our international expansion efforts might not be successful in creating demand for our products and services outside of the United States or in effectively selling our solutions in the international markets we enter. In addition, we will face risks in doing business internationally that could adversely affect our business, including: If we denominate our international contracts in local currencies, fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies might impact our operating results when translated into U.S. dollars. Risks Related to Our Products and Services Offerings If our security measures are breached or fail, and unauthorized persons gain access to customers’ and consumers’ data, our products and services might be perceived as not being secure, customers and consumers might curtail or stop using our products and services, and we might incur significant liabilities. Our products and services involve the storage and transmission of customers’ and consumers’ confidential information, which may include sensitive individually identifiable information that is subject to stringent legal and regulatory obligations. Because of the sensitivity of this information, security features of our software are very important. If our security measures are breached or fail and/or are bypassed as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance, or otherwise, someone might be able to obtain unauthorized access to our customers’ confidential information and/or patient data. 28 (cid:4) the need to localize and adapt our solutions for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses; (cid:4) data privacy laws which require that customer data be stored and processed in a designated territory; (cid:4) difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations; (cid:4) different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and collections issues; (cid:4) new and different sources of competition; (cid:4) weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the United States and practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights outside of the United States; (cid:4) laws and business practices favoring local competitors; (cid:4) compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy, and data protection laws and regulations; (cid:4) increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; (cid:4) restrictions on the transfer of funds; (cid:4) adverse tax consequences; and (cid:4) unstable regional economic and political conditions. Table of Contents As a result, our reputation could be damaged, our business might suffer, information might be lost, and we could face damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and significant costs for remediation and remediation efforts to prevent future occurrences. In addition, we rely on various third parties, including employers’ HR departments, carriers, and other third-party service providers and consumers themselves, as users of our system for key activities to protect and promote the security of our systems and the data and information accessible within them, such as administration of enrollment, consumer status changes, claims, and billing. On occasion, people have failed to perform these activities. For example, employers sometimes have failed to terminate the login/password of former employees, or permitted current employees to share login/passwords. When we become aware of such breaches, we work with employers to terminate inappropriate access and provide additional instruction in order to avoid the reoccurrence of such problems. Although to date these breaches have not resulted in claims against us or in material harm to our business, failures to perform these activities might result in claims against us, which could expose us to significant expense, legal liability, and harm to our reputation, which might result in loss of business. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we might not be able to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose sales and customers. Any significant violations of data privacy could result in the loss of business, litigation and regulatory investigations and penalties that could damage our reputation and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our customers might authorize or enable third parties to access their information and data that is stored on our systems. Because we do not control such access, we cannot ensure the complete integrity or security of such data in our systems. Failure by our customers to obtain proper permissions and waivers might result in claims against us or may limit or prevent our use of data, which could harm our business. We require our customers to provide necessary notices and to obtain necessary permissions and waivers for use and disclosure of information on the Benefitfocus platform, and we require contractual assurances from them that they have done so and will do so. If, however, despite these requirements and contractual obligations, our customers do not obtain necessary permissions and waivers, then our use and disclosure of information that we receive from them or on their behalf might be limited or prohibited by state or federal privacy laws or other laws. This could impair our functions, processes and databases that reflect, contain, or are based upon such data and might prevent use of such data. In addition, this could interfere with, or prevent creation or use of, rules, analyses, or other data-driven activities that benefit us and our business. Moreover, we might be subject to claims or liability for use or disclosure of information by reason of lack of valid notices, agreements, permissions or waivers. These claims or liabilities could subject us to unexpected costs and adversely affect our operating results. Our proprietary software might not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us, or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business and operating results. Proprietary software development is time-consuming, expensive, and complex. Unforeseen difficulties can arise. We might encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we discover problems that prevent our proprietary applications from operating properly. If they do not function reliably or fail to achieve customer expectations in terms of performance, customers could assert liability claims against us and/or attempt to cancel their contracts with us. This could damage our reputation and impair our ability to attract or maintain customers. 29 Table of Contents Moreover, benefits management software as complex as ours has in the past contained, and may in the future contain, or develop, undetected defects or errors. Material performance problems or defects in our products and services might arise in the future. Errors might result from the interface of our services with legacy systems and data, which we did not develop and the function of which is outside of our control. Defects or errors might arise in our existing or new software or service processes. Because changes in employer, carrier, and legal requirements and practices relating to benefits are frequent, we are continuously discovering defects and errors in our software and service processes compared against these requirements and practices. Undiscovered vulnerabilities could expose our software to unscrupulous third parties who develop and deploy software programs that could attack our software or result in unauthorized access to customer data. Defects and errors and any failure by us to identify and address them could result in loss of revenue or market share, liability to customers or others, failure to achieve market acceptance or expansion, diversion of development and other resources, injury to our reputation, and increased service and maintenance costs. Defects or errors in our product or service processes might discourage existing or potential customers from purchasing services from us. Correction of defects or errors could prove to be impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors or in responding to resulting claims or liability might be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, customers that rely on our products and services to collect, manage, and report benefits data might have a greater sensitivity to service errors and security vulnerabilities than customers of software products in general. We market and sell services that, among other things, provide information to assist care providers in tracking and treating ill patients. Any operational delay in or failure of our software service processes might result in the disruption of patient care and could cause harm to our business and operating results. Our customers might assert claims against us in the future alleging that they suffered damages due to a defect, error, or other failure of our product or service processes. A product liability claim or errors or omissions claim could subject us to significant legal defense costs and adverse publicity regardless of the merits or eventual outcome of such a claim. Various events could interrupt customers’ access to the Benefitfocus platform, exposing us to significant costs. The ability to access the Benefitfocus platform is critical to our customers. Our operations and facilities are vulnerable to interruption and/or damage from a number of sources, many of which are beyond our control, including, without limitation: (i) power loss and telecommunications failures, (ii) fire, flood, hurricane, and other natural disasters, (iii) software and hardware errors, failures or crashes in our own systems or in other systems, (iv) computer viruses, denial-of-service attacks, hacking and similar disruptive problems in our own systems and in other systems, and (v) civil unrest, war, and/or terrorism. We have implemented various measures to protect against interruptions of customers’ access to our platform. If customers’ access is interrupted because of problems in the operation of our facilities, we could be exposed to significant claims by customers, particularly if the access interruption is associated with problems in the timely delivery of funds due to customers or medical information relevant to patient care. Our plans for disaster recovery and business continuity rely on third-party providers of related services. If those vendors fail us at a time when our systems are not operating correctly, we could incur a loss of revenue and liability for failure to fulfill our obligations. Any significant instances of system downtime could negatively affect our reputation and ability to retain customers and sell our services, which would adversely impact our revenue. In addition, retention and availability of patient care and physician reimbursement data are subject to federal and state laws governing record retention, accuracy, and access. Some laws impose 30 Table of Contents obligations on our customers and on us to produce information for third parties and to amend or expunge data at their direction. Our failure to meet these obligations might result in liability, which could increase our costs and reduce our operating results. We rely on data center providers, internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, third-party computer hardware and software, other third parties, and our own systems for providing services to our customers, and any failure or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and negatively impact our relationships with customers, adversely affecting our brand and our business. We serve all our customers from two data centers, one located in Raleigh, North Carolina and the other located in Charlotte, North Carolina. While we control and have access to our servers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The owners of our data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our data center operators is acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so. Problems faced by our third-party data center locations, with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they contract, or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their customers, including us, could adversely affect the experience of our customers. Our third-party data centers operators could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy faced by our third-party data centers operators or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. In addition, our ability to deliver our web-based services depends on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the Internet by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity, bandwidth capacity, and security. Our services are designed to operate without interruption in accordance with our service level commitments. However, we have experienced and expect that we will experience future interruptions and delays in services and availability from time to time. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of our systems, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could negatively impact our relationship with customers. To operate without interruption, both we and our service providers must guard against: We also rely on computer hardware purchased or leased and software licensed from third parties in order to offer our services, including software from Oracle Corporation and Microsoft Corporation, and routers and network equipment from Cisco and Hewlett-Packard Company. These licenses are generally commercially available on varying terms. However, it is possible that this hardware and software might not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in the provisioning of our services until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated. 31 (cid:4) damage from fire, power loss, natural disasters and other force majeure events outside our control; (cid:4) communications failures; (cid:4) software and hardware errors, failures, and crashes; (cid:4) security breaches, computer viruses, hacking, denial-of-service attacks, and similar disruptive problems; and (cid:4) other potential interruptions. Table of Contents We exercise limited control over third-party vendors, which increases our vulnerability to problems with technology and information services they provide. Interruptions in our network access and services might in connection with third-party technology and information services reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds to customers for prepaid and unused subscription services, subject us to potential liability, or adversely affect our renewal rates. Although we maintain insurance for our business, the coverage under our policies might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur. In addition, we might not be able to continue to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost, if at all. The use of open source software in our products and solutions may expose us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property rights. Some of our products and solutions use or incorporate software that is subject to one or more open source licenses. Open source software is typically freely accessible, usable, and modifiable. Certain open source software licenses require a user who intends to distribute the open source software as a component of the user’s software to disclose publicly part or all of the source code to the user’s software. In addition, certain open source software licenses require the user of such software to make any derivative works of the open source code available to others on potentially unfavorable terms or at no cost. The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts. Accordingly, there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions. In that event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products or solutions, to re-develop our products or solutions, to discontinue sales of our products or solutions, or to release our proprietary software code under the terms of an open source license, any of which could harm our business. Further, given the nature of open source software, it may be more likely that third parties might assert copyright and other intellectual property infringement claims against us based on our use of these open source software programs. While we monitor the use of all open source software in our products, solutions, processes, and technology and try to ensure that no open source software is used in such a way as to require us to disclose the source code to the related product or solution when we do not wish to do so, it is possible that such use may have inadvertently occurred in deploying our proprietary solutions. In addition, if a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open source software into software we license from such third party for our products and solutions without our knowledge, we could, under certain circumstances, be required to disclose the source code to our products and solutions. This could harm our intellectual property position and our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Risks Related to Regulation Government regulation of the areas in which we operate creates risks and challenges with respect to our compliance efforts and our business strategies. The employee benefits industry is highly regulated and is subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory, and other influences. Existing and new laws and regulations affecting the employee benefits industry could create unexpected liabilities for us, cause us to incur additional costs and restrict our operations. These laws and regulations are complex and their application to specific services and relationships are not clear. In particular, many existing laws and regulations affecting employee benefits, when enacted, did not anticipate the services that we provide, and these laws and regulations might be applied to our services in ways that we do not anticipate. Our failure to accurately anticipate the application of these laws and regulations, or our failure to comply, could create liability for us, result in adverse publicity, and negatively affect our business. Some of the risks we face from the regulation of employee benefits are as follows: 32 (cid:4) Although numerous lawsuits challenged the constitutionality of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, the U.S. Supreme Court on June 28, 2012, upheld the Table of Contents Violations of the Privacy Standards and Security Standards might result in civil and criminal penalties, and ARRA increased the penalties for HIPAA violations and strengthened the enforcement provisions of HIPAA. For example, ARRA authorizes state attorneys general to bring civil actions seeking either injunctions or damages in response to violations of Privacy Standards and Security Standards that threaten the privacy of state residents. 33 constitutionality of PPACA except for provisions that would have allowed the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, to penalize states that did not implement the Medicaid expansion with the loss of existing federal Medicaid funding. While many of the provisions of PPACA will not be directly applicable to us, PPACA, as enacted, might affect the business of many of our customers. Carriers and large employers might experience changes in the numbers of individuals they insure as a result of Medicaid expansion and the creation of state and national exchanges, though it is unclear how many states will decline to implement the Medicaid expansion or adopt state-specific exchanges. Although we are unable to predict with any reasonable certainty or otherwise quantify the likely impact of PPACA on our business model, financial condition, or results of operations, changes in the business of our customers and the number of individuals they insure may negatively impact our business. (cid:4) False or Fraudulent Claim Laws . There are numerous federal and state laws that forbid submission of false information or the failure to disclose information in connection with submission and payment of claims for reimbursement from the government. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse of existing systems for such submission and payment. Although our business operations are generally not subject to these laws and regulations, any contract we have with a government entity requires us to comply with these laws and regulations. Any failure of our services to comply with these laws and regulations could result in substantial liability, including but not limited to criminal liability, could adversely affect demand for our services, and could force us to expend significant capital, research and development, and other resources to address the failure. Any determination by a court or regulatory agency that our services with government clients violate these laws and regulations could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, invalidate all or portions of some of our government client contracts, require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, require us to refund portions of our services fees, cause us to be disqualified from serving not only government clients but also all clients doing business with government payers, and have an adverse effect on our business. (cid:4) HIPAA and Other Privacy and Security Requirements. There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personal health information. In particular, regulations promulgated pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, established privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information, and require the implementation of administrative, physical, and technological safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. Health plans, healthcare clearinghouses, and most providers are considered by the HIPAA regulations to be “Covered Entities”. With respect to our operations as a healthcare clearinghouse, we are directly subject to the privacy regulations established under HIPAA, or Privacy Standards, and the security regulations established under HIPAA, or Security Standards. In addition, our carrier customers, or payors, are considered to be Covered Entities and are required to enter into written agreements with us, known as Business Associate Agreements, under which we are considered to be a “Business Associate” and that require us to safeguard individually identifiable health information and restrict how we may use and disclose such information. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, and the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rules extended the direct application of certain provisions of the Privacy Standards and Security Standards to us when we are functioning as a Business Associate of our carrier customers. ARRA and the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule also subject Business Associates to direct oversight and audit by the HHS. Table of Contents We might not be able to adequately address the business risks created by HIPAA implementation. Furthermore, we are unable to predict what changes to HIPAA or other laws or regulations might be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business or the costs of compliance. Some payors and clearinghouses interpret HIPAA transaction requirements differently than we do. Where payors or clearinghouses require conformity with their interpretations as a condition of a successful transaction, we seek to comply with their interpretations. In addition to the Privacy Standards and Security Standards, most states have enacted patient confidentiality laws that protect against the disclosure of confidential medical and/or health information, and many states have adopted or are considering further legislation in this area, including privacy safeguards, security standards, and data security breach notification requirements. Such state laws, if more stringent than HIPAA requirements, are not preempted by the federal requirements and we are required to comply with them. Failure by us to comply with any state standards regarding patient privacy may subject us to penalties, including civil monetary penalties and, in some circumstances, criminal penalties. Such failure may injure our reputation and adversely affect our ability to retain customers and attract new customers. 34 (cid:4) Medicare and Medicaid Regulatory Requirements . We have contracts with insurance carriers who offer Medicare Managed Care (also known as Medicare Advantage or Medicare Part C) and Medicaid Managed Care benefits plans. We also have contracts with insurance carriers who offer Medicare prescription drug benefits (also known as Medicare Part D) plans. The activities of the Medicare plans are regulated by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, the federal agency that provides oversight of the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The Medicaid Managed Care plans are regulated by both CMS and the individual states where the plans are offered. Some of the activities that we might perform, such as the enrollment of beneficiaries, may be subject to CMS and/or state regulation, and such regulations may force us to change the way we do business or otherwise restrict our ability to provide services to such plans. Moreover, the regulatory environment with respect to these programs has become, and will likely continue to become, increasingly complex. (cid:4) Financial Services-Related Laws and Rules . Financial services and electronic payment processing services are subject to numerous laws, regulations and industry standards, some of which might impact our operations and subject us, our vendors, and our customers to liability as a result of the payment distribution and processing solutions we offer. Although we do not act as a bank, we offer solutions that involve banks, or vendors who contract with banks and other regulated providers of financial services. As a result, we might be impacted by banking and financial services industry laws, regulations, and industry standards, such as licensing requirements, solvency standards, requirements to maintain the privacy and security of nonpublic personal financial information, and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance limits. In addition, our patient billing and payment distribution and processing solutions might be impacted by payment card association operating rules, certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers. If we fail to comply with applicable payment processing rules or requirements, we might be subject to fines and changes in transaction fees and may lose our ability to process credit and debit card transactions or facilitate other types of billing and payment solutions. Moreover, payment transactions processed using the Automated Clearing House Network, or ACH, are subject to network operating rules promulgated by the National Automated Clearing House Association and to various federal laws regarding such operations, including laws pertaining to electronic funds transfers, and these rules and laws might impact our billing and payment solutions. Further, our solutions might impact the ability of our payor customers to comply with state prompt payment laws. These laws require payors to pay healthcare claims meeting the statutory or regulatory definition of a “clean claim” within a specified time frame. Table of Contents We are subject to banking regulations that may limit our business activities. The Goldman Sachs Group, affiliates of which owned approximately 46.5% of the voting and economic interest in our business at December 31, 2013, is regulated as a bank holding company and a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHC Act. The BHC Act imposes regulations and requirements on The Goldman Sachs Group and on any company that is deemed to be controlled by The Goldman Sachs Group under the BHC Act and the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve. Due to the size of its voting and economic interest, we are deemed to be controlled by The Goldman Sachs Group and are therefore considered to be a “subsidiary” of The Goldman Sachs Group under the BHC Act. We will remain subject to this regulatory regime until The Goldman Sachs Group is no longer deemed to control us for purposes of the BHC Act, which we do not generally have the ability to control and which will not occur until The Goldman Sachs Group has significantly reduced its voting and economic interest in us. As a controlled subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, we are restricted from engaging in activities that are not permissible under the BHC Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Permitted activities for a bank holding company or any controlled subsidiary generally include activities that the Federal Reserve has previously determined to be closely related to banking, financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial activities, including data processing services such as those that we provide with our software solutions. Restrictions placed on The Goldman Sachs Group as a result of supervisory or enforcement actions under the BHC Act or otherwise may restrict us or our activities in certain circumstances, even if these actions are unrelated to our conduct or business. Further, as a result of being subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve, we may be required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before 35 (cid:4) Insurance Broker Laws . Insurance laws in the United States are often complex, and states have broad authority to adopt regulations regarding brokerage activities. These regulations typically include the licensing of insurance brokers and agents and govern the handling and investment of client funds held in a fiduciary capacity. Although we believe our activities do not currently constitute the provision of insurance brokerage services, regulations may change from state to state, which could require us to comply with such expanded regulations. (cid:4) ERISA . The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, regulates how employee benefits are provided to or through certain types of employer-sponsored health benefits plans. ERISA is a set of laws and regulations that is subject to periodic interpretation by the U.S. Department of Labor as well as the federal courts. In some circumstances, and under certain customer contracts, we might be deemed to have assumed duties that make us an ERISA fiduciary, and thus be required to carry out our operations in a manner that complies with ERISA in all material respects. We believe that our current operations do not render us subject to ERISA fiduciary obligations, and therefore that we are in material compliance with ERISA and that any such compliance does not currently have a material adverse effect on our operations. However, there can be no assurance that continuing ERISA compliance efforts or any future changes to ERISA will not have a material adverse effect on us. (cid:4) Third-Party Administrator Laws . Numerous states in which we do business have adopted regulations governing entities engaged in third-party administrator, or TPA, activities. TPA regulations typically impose requirements regarding enrollment into benefits plans, claims processing and payments, and the handling of customer funds. Although we do not believe we are currently acting as a TPA, changes in state regulations could result in us being obligated to comply with such regulations, which might require us to obtain licenses to provide TPA services in such states. Table of Contents engaging in certain new activities or businesses, whether organically or by acquisition. The Federal Reserve could exercise its power to restrict us from engaging in any activity that, in the Federal Reserve’s opinion, is unauthorized or constitutes an unsafe or unsound business practice. To the extent that these regulations impose limitations on our business, we could be at a competitive disadvantage because some of our competitors are not subject to these limitations. Additionally, any failure of The Goldman Sachs Group to maintain its status as a financial holding company could result in further limitations on our activities and our growth. In particular, our permissible activities could be restricted to only those that constitute banking or activities closely related to banking. The Goldman Sachs Group’s loss of its financial holding company status could be caused by several factors, including any failure by The Goldman Sachs Group’s bank subsidiaries to remain sufficiently capitalized, by any examination downgrade of one of The Goldman Sachs Group’s bank subsidiaries, or by any failure of one of The Goldman Sachs Group’s bank subsidiaries to maintain a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act, broadened the requirements for maintaining financial holding company status by also requiring the holding company to remain “well capitalized” and “well managed”. We have no ability to prevent such occurrences from happening. As a subsidiary of a bank holding company, we are subject to examination by the Federal Reserve and required to provide information and reports for use by the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act. In addition, we may be subject to regulatory oversight and examination because we are a technology service provider to regulated financial institutions. The Federal Reserve may also impose substantial fines and other penalties for violations of applicable banking laws, regulations and orders. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act, including Title VI thereunder known as the “Volcker Rule”, and related financial regulatory reform call for the issuance of numerous regulations designed to increase and strengthen the regulation of bank holding companies, including The Goldman Sachs Group and its affiliates. U.S. financial regulators approved the final rules to implement the Volcker Rule in December 2013. The Volker Rule, in relevant part, restricts banking entities from proprietary trading (subject to certain exemptions) and from acquiring or retaining any equity, partnership or other interests in, or sponsoring, a private equity fund, subject to satisfying certain conditions, and from engaging in certain transactions with funds. We have agreed to certain covenants for the benefit of The Goldman Sachs Group that are intended to facilitate its compliance with the BHC Act, but that may impose certain obligations on our company. In particular, The Goldman Sachs Group has rights to conduct audits on, and access certain information of, our company and certain rights to review the policies and procedures that we implement to comply with the laws and regulations that relate to our activities. In addition, we are obligated to provide The Goldman Sachs Group with notice of certain events and business activities and cooperate with The Goldman Sachs Group to mitigate potential adverse consequences resulting therefrom. Potential regulatory requirements placed on our software, services, and content could impose increased costs on us, delay or prevent our introduction of new service types, and impair the function or value of our existing service types. Our products and services are and are likely to continue to be subject to increasing regulatory requirements in a number of ways. As these requirements proliferate, we must change or adapt our products and services to comply. Changing regulatory requirements might render our services obsolete or might block us from accomplishing our work or from developing new services. This might in turn impose additional costs upon us to comply or to further develop our products and services. It might also make introduction of new product or service types more costly or more time-consuming than we currently anticipate. It might even prevent introduction by us of new products or services or cause the continuation of our existing products or services to become unprofitable or impossible. 36 Table of Contents Potential government subsidy of services similar to ours, or creation of a single payor system, might reduce customer demand. Recently, entities including brokers and U.S. federal and state governments have offered to subsidize adoption of online benefits platforms or clearinghouses. In addition, federal regulations have been changed to permit such subsidy from additional sources subject to certain limitations. To the extent that we do not qualify or participate in such subsidy programs, demand for our services might be reduced, which may decrease our revenue. In addition, prior proposals regarding healthcare reform have included the concept of creation of a single payor for healthcare insurance. This kind of consolidation of critical benefits activity could negatively impact the demand for our services. Our services present the potential for embezzlement, identity theft, or other similar illegal behavior by our associates with respect to third parties. Among other things, certain services offered by us involve collecting payment information from individuals, and this frequently includes check and credit card information. Even though we do not handle direct payments, our services also involve the use and disclosure of personal and business information that could be used to impersonate third parties, commit identity theft, or otherwise gain access to their data or funds. If any of our associates take, convert, or misuse such funds, documents, or data, we could be liable for damages, and our business reputation could be damaged or destroyed. Moreover, if we fail to adequately prevent third parties from accessing personal and/or business information and using that information to commit identity theft, we might face legal liabilities and other losses than can have a negative impact on our business. Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock Our stock price might be volatile or might decline regardless of our operating performance, and you might not be able to resell your shares at or above the price at which you purchase it. The stock market historically has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. As a result of this volatility, you might not be able to sell your common stock at or above the price at which you purchase it. The public market for our stock is very new, and the trading price of our common stock might fluctuate significantly in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include: In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for Internet-related companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These fluctuations might be even more pronounced in the relatively new trading market for our stock. Additionally, securities class action 37 (cid:4) our operating performance and the operating performance of similar companies; (cid:4) the overall performance of the equity markets; (cid:4) announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, business plans, or commercial relationships; (cid:4) threatened or actual litigation; (cid:4) changes in laws or regulations relating to the sale of health insurance; (cid:4) any major change in our board of directors or management; (cid:4) publication of research reports or news stories about us, our competitors, or our industry, or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts; (cid:4) large volumes of sales of our shares of common stock by existing stockholders; and (cid:4) general political and economic conditions. Table of Contents litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future, and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon future appreciation in its value, if any. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders purchased their shares. Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the market perception that the holder or holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate. As of December 31, 2013, we had an aggregate of 24,495,651 shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, approximately 18,768,882 shares became eligible for sale on March 16, 2014, upon the expiration of lock-up agreements with the underwriters for our IPO, subject in some cases to volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. As of December 31, 2013, there were outstanding options, restricted stock units and a warrant to purchase 3,656,495 shares of our common stock that, if exercised, will result in these additional shares becoming available for sale subject in some cases to Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. On November 12, 2013, we also registered an aggregate of 6,249,766 shares of our common stock that we may issue under our stock plans. These shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, unless they are held by “affiliates”, as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. If a large number of these shares are sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds we received from our IPO and might not use them effectively. Our management has broad discretion to use the net proceeds from our IPO, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds of our initial public offering, or IPO, in ways that increase the value of your investment. Until we use the net proceeds from our IPO, we plan to invest them, and these investments may not yield a favorable rate of return. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from our IPO in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline. A limited number of stockholders will have the ability to influence the outcome of director elections and other matters requiring stockholder approval. As of December 31, 2013, our directors, executive officers, and their affiliated entities beneficially owned more than 75.0% of our outstanding common stock. In particular, GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., and GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & CO. KG, which are affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and which we refer 38 Table of Contents to as the Goldman Funds, collectively beneficially owned approximately 46.5%. These stockholders, if they act together, could exert substantial influence over matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the amendment of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. For example, our amended and restated bylaws provide that so long as The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and its affiliates own, collectively, at least 35% of our common stock, we may not amend, without the written consent of the Goldman Sachs Group, provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws related to the ability of our stockholders to act by written consent, the procedures by which our stockholders may call a special meeting of stockholders, and the classification of our board of directors into three classes. Additionally, the Goldman Funds, Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P., Mason R. Holland, Jr., our Executive Chairman and a director, and Shawn A. Jenkins, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a director, entered into a voting agreement for the election of directors. As of December 31, 2013, these stockholders collectively beneficially owned more than 75.0% of our common stock. Pursuant to the voting agreement, the parties agree to vote all of their shares to elect two directors nominated by the Goldman Funds, one director nominated by Oak Investment Partners, and each of Messrs. Holland and Jenkins to our board of directors. As a result, these stockholders will have significant influence on the outcome of director elections. This concentration of ownership might discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their stock as part of a sale of our company and might reduce our stock price. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by other stockholders. We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules, and take advantage of exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 75.0% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock was beneficially owned by a group of our significant stockholders consisting of Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P., the Goldman Funds, and Messrs. Holland and Jenkins. Under the NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and is exempt from the corporate governance requirements that a majority of our directors be independent, as defined in the NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules, and that our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees consist entirely of independent directors. We rely on the “controlled company” exemption under the NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules. As a result, a majority of the members of our Board of Directors are not independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees do not consist entirely of independent directors. While we remain a controlled company and during any transition period following a time when we are no longer a controlled company, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ Stock Market’s corporate governance requirements. Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock. Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay, or prevent a merger, acquisition, or other change in control that stockholders consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions might also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions include: 39 (cid:4) limitations on the removal of directors; (cid:4) advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; Table of Contents Our Board of Directors has the ability to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person which together with its affiliates owns, or within the last three years has owned, 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition. Our business is subject to changing regulations regarding corporate governance, disclosure controls, internal control over financial reporting, and other compliance areas that will increase both our costs and the risk of noncompliance. As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, and the rules and regulations of our stock exchange. The requirements of these rules and regulations will increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs, will make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, and costly, and may also place undue strain on our personnel, systems, and resources. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. Prior to our IPO, we had never been required to test our internal controls within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner. We will be required to disclose changes made to our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemption available under the JOBS Act to the auditor attestation requirement in Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely 40 (cid:4) limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings; (cid:4) The Goldman Sachs Group and its affiliates cease to own at least 35% of our voting equity, the inability of stockholders to act by written consent; (cid:4) the inability of stockholders to cumulate votes at any election of directors; (cid:4) the classification of our board of directors into three classes with only one class, representing approximately one-third of our directors, standing for election at each annual meeting; and (cid:4) the ability of our board of directors to make, alter or repeal our bylaws. Table of Contents manner, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources. We have identified material weaknesses in connection with the preparation of our financial statements, and failure to develop and maintain adequate financial controls could cause us to have additional material weaknesses, which could adversely affect our operations and financial position. As previously reported, in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, we identified a material weakness in our accounting for certain deferred revenue balances and the related revenue recognition. This material weakness arose in connection with increasing the estimated expected life of our customer relationships, which results in extending the term over which we recognize deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2013, this previously reported material weakness was remediated. In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013, we identified a separate material weakness in the internal controls over the accounting for leasing transactions which resulted in the identification of a material error in the accounting for our headquarters lease executed in May 2005. This material error resulted from our incorrect interpretation of standards under ASC 840, Leases, related to this build-to-suit lease where we, as the lessee, were involved in asset construction. As a result, we previously incorrectly accounted for the lease as an operating lease rather than a financing obligation. To correct the error, we have included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K restated consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. Our management is in the process of remediating this material weakness in accounting, which included a review of all of our leases to identify and correct instances where we were not complying with generally accepted accounting principles with regard to lease accounting. In addition, we are developing updated procedures to reflect the technical guidance for lease accounting and have engaged external technical resources to assist with the proper implementation of accounting standards for leases going forward. While we believe that the planned steps will remediate the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting with respect to lease accounting, no assurances can be made that our remediation is effective until our remedial controls operate for a period of time. We expect to have the material weakness remediated by mid-2014. We may in the future also discover additional material weaknesses that require remediation. In addition, an internal control system, no matter how well-designed, cannot provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we might not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal controls also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we will be required to include in our periodic reports filed with the SEC, beginning for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2014 under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. Implementing any 41 Table of Contents appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors, officers, and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not be effective, however, in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. In the event that we are not able to demonstrate compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, that our internal controls are perceived as inadequate, or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and our stock price could decline. We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors. We are an emerging growth company. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of certain other exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, and exemptions from the requirements of auditor attestation reports on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of that fiscal year, (ii) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more during such fiscal year, (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period, or (iv) September 17, 2018. If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research or reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline. The trading market for our common stock depends, to some extent, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or change their opinion of our common stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments None. 42 Table of Contents Item 2. Properties As of December 31, 2013, our corporate headquarters occupied approximately 65,000 square feet in a facility on the Daniel Island Executive Center campus in Charleston, South Carolina under a lease expiring in 2021, and we had a second facility on the Daniel Island Executive Center campus that occupied approximately 78,000 square feet under a lease expiring in 2024. As of December 31, 2013, we had also executed a lease that expires January 1, 2030 to extend our campus in Charleston, South Carolina with a Customer Success Center of approximately 145,000 square feet and, at our option and under new leases, have either a four-story office building of approximately 145,000 square feet and/or a two-story welcome center of approximately 18,500 square feet built. As of December 31, 2013, we also leased facilities in Greenville, South Carolina, San Francisco, California, and Tulsa, Oklahoma. We believe that our current and planned facilities are sufficient for our needs. We may add other facilities or expand existing facilities as we expand our associate base and geographic markets in the future, and we believe that suitable additional space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations. Item 3. Legal Proceedings From time to time, we might become involved in legal or regulatory proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation or regulatory proceeding and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or regulatory proceeding against us that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures Not applicable. 43 Table of Contents PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Market Information for Common Stock Our common stock has been listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “BNFT” since September 18, 2013. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market. As of December 31, 2013, we had 89 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities. Dividend Policy We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, generated by our operations for the development and growth of our business for the foreseeable future. The decision to pay dividends is at the discretion of our board of directors and depends upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. 44 High Low Year ended December 31, 2013 Third quarter (from September 18, 2013) $ 53.55 $ 44.97 Fourth quarter $ 58.56 $ 38.31 Table of Contents Stock Performance Graph The following shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or incorporated by reference into any of our other filings under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing. This chart compares the cumulative total return on our common stock with that of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 1500 Application Software Index. The chart assumes $100 was invested at the close of market on September 18, 2013, in the common stock of Benefitfocus, Inc., the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 1500 Application Software Index, and assumes the reinvestment of any dividends. The stock price performance on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. Sales of Unregistered Securities During the three months ended December 31, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 39,466 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of stock options granted under our 2012 Stock Plan and Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan at exercise prices between $0.80 and $10.30 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $0.1 million. These issuances were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering and transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. Equity Compensation Plans The information required by Item 5 of Form 10-K regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters”. 45 Company / Index Base Period 9/18/2013 9/30/2013 10/31/2013 11/30/2013 12/31/2013 Benefitfocus, Inc. $ 100 $ 91.80 $ 93.56 $ 90.21 $ 107.82 S&P 500 Index $ 100 $ 97.45 $ 101.80 $ 104.65 $ 107.12 S&P 1500 Application Software Index $ 100 $ 99.07 $ 99.34 $ 102.53 $ 107.46 Table of Contents Use of Proceeds from Public Offering of Common Stock On September 17, 2013, our Registration Statement on Form S-1, (File No. 333-190610) was declared effective in connection with our IPO, pursuant to which 5,675,250 shares of common stock were registered, including the full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of the shares registered, we sold 3,000,000 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $26.50 per share for an aggregate price of $79,500,000. Selling shareholders sold the remaining 2,675,250 shares registered at the same per share price for an aggregate price of $70,894,000. The offering closed on September 23, 2013, and, as a result, we received net proceeds of $70,064,000 (after underwriters’ discounts and commissions of $5,565,000 and additional offering related costs of $3,871,000). The joint managing underwriters of the offering were Goldman Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies LLC. Of the expenses incurred by us in connection with our IPO, $134,000 were paid to or for the underwriters and $52,000 were paid to a related party vendor for private air travel. This vendor is owned and controlled by the Executive Chairman of our board of directors, who is also a greater than 10% owner of our common stock. There was no material change in the use of proceeds from our IPO as described in our final prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act with the SEC on September 18, 2013. From the effective date of the registration statement through December 31, 2013, we have used the net proceeds from our IPO for working capital purposes and other general corporate purposes, including executing our growth strategy, developing new products and services, and funding additional capital expenditures, potential acquisitions, and investments. We have invested the funds received in short-term, interest bearing, investment-grade securities. 46 Table of Contents Item 6. Selected Financial Data CONSOLIDATED SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. The selected consolidated financial data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, our consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Consolidated Statement of Operations Data 47 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 (in thousands, except share and per share data) (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Revenue (1) $ 104,752 $ 81,739 $ 68,783 $ 67,122 Cost of revenue (2) 62,411 44,400 42,133 38,870 Gross profit 42,341 37,339 26,650 28,252 Operating expenses: Sales and marketing (2) 36,072 27,905 22,553 14,174 Research and development (2) 23,532 14,621 9,120 8,650 General and administrative (2) 10,974 7,494 5,821 6,038 Impairment of goodwill — — 1,670 — Change in fair value of contingent consideration (43 ) 121 503 — Total operating expenses 70,535 50,141 39,667 28,862 Loss from operations (28,194 ) (12,802 ) (13,017 ) (610 ) Total other expense, net (2,198 ) (1,987 ) (2,012 ) (1,855 ) Loss before income taxes (30,392 ) (14,789 ) (15,029 ) (2,465 ) Income tax (benefit) expense (31 ) 84 35 10 Net loss $ (30,361 ) $ (14,873 ) $ (15,064 ) $ (2,475 ) Net loss per common share—basic and diluted $ (2.99 ) $ (3.09 ) $ (3.09 ) $ (0.39 ) Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted 10,144,243 4,812,632 4,875,157 6,405,944 Other Financial Data: Adjusted gross profit (3) $ 49,735 $ 45,161 $ 33,283 $ 34,682 Adjusted EBITDA (4) $ (18,915 ) $ (3,594 ) $ (3,455 ) $ 6,785 (1) In the first quarter of 2011, we increased the estimated expected life of our customer relationships for both employer and carrier customers. This change extends the term over which we will recognize our deferred revenue and results in less revenue recognized in each period. Table of Contents Our Segments 48 (2) Cost of revenue and operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows: Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 (in thousands) Cost of revenue $ 274 $ 195 $ 252 $ 352 Sales and marketing 171 68 102 77 Research and development 255 130 121 87 General and administrative 502 319 246 519 (3) We define adjusted gross profit as gross profit before depreciation and amortization expense, as well as stock-based compensation expense. Please see “Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA” below for more information and for a reconciliation of adjusted gross profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. (4) We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss before net interest and other expense, taxes, and depreciation and amortization expense, adjusted to eliminate stock-based compensation expense and expense related to the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets. See “Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA” below for more information and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Years Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 (in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Revenue from external customers by segment: Employer $ 40,656 $ 23,760 $ 15,938 $ 9,356 Carrier 64,096 57,979 52,845 57,766 Total revenue $ 104,752 $ 81,739 $ 68,783 $ 67,122 Gross profit by segment: Employer $ 13,316 $ 9,810 $ 6,059 $ 3,121 Carrier 29,025 27,529 20,591 25,131 Total gross profit $ 42,341 $ 37,339 $ 26,650 $ 28,252 Income (loss) from operations by segment: Employer $ (26,312 ) $ (19,015 ) $ (19,533 ) $ (6,628 ) Carrier (1,882 ) 6,213 6,516 6,018 Total loss from operations $ (28,194 ) $ (12,802 ) $ (13,017 ) $ (610 ) Table of Contents Consolidated Balance Sheet Data Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA Within this prospectus we use adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA to provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results. Adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. We have provided below reconciliations of these measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, which for adjusted gross profit is gross profit, and for adjusted EBITDA is net loss. We have included adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget, and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. Our use of adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are: 49 As of December 31, 2013 2012 2011 (in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) Cash and cash equivalents $ 65,645 $ 19,703 $ 15,856 Marketable securities 13,168 — — Accounts receivable, net 23,668 13,372 9,060 Total assets 139,611 58,226 52,842 Deferred revenue, total 80,221 57,520 42,773 Total liabilities 128,179 89,357 69,809 Total redeemable convertible preferred stock — 135,478 135,478 Common stock 24 6,109 4,923 Additional paid-in capital 214,487 — — Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) 11,432 (166,609 ) (152,445 ) (cid:4) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized might have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements; (cid:4) adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (cid:4) adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation; (cid:4) adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect interest or tax payments that would reduce the cash available to us; and (cid:4) other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures. Table of Contents Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA alongside other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, gross profit, net income (loss) and our other GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted gross profit to gross profit and adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated: 50 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 (in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Reconciliation from Gross Profit to Adjusted Gross Profit: Gross profit $ 42,341 $ 37,339 $ 26,650 $ 28,252 Depreciation and amortization 7,120 7,627 6,381 6,078 Stock-based compensation expense 274 195 252 352 Adjusted gross profit $ 49,735 $ 45,161 $ 33,283 $ 34,682 Reconciliation from Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA: Net loss $ (30,361 ) $ (14,873 ) $ (15,064 ) $ (2,475 ) Depreciation and amortization 8,172 8,560 7,306 6,609 Interest income (46 ) (53 ) (151 ) (364 ) Interest expense 2,149 1,976 1,974 1,970 Income tax (benefit) expense (31 ) 84 35 10 Stock-based compensation expense 1,202 712 721 1,035 Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets — — 1,724 — Total net adjustments $ 11,446 $ 11,279 $ 11,609 $ 9,260 Adjusted EBITDA $ (18,915 ) $ (3,594 ) $ (3,455 ) $ 6,785 Table of Contents Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this report including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this report beginning on page 18 for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. Overview We are a leading provider of cloud-based benefits software solutions for consumers, employers, insurance carriers, and brokers. The Benefitfocus platform provides an integrated suite of solutions that enables our employer and insurance carrier customers to more efficiently shop, enroll, manage, and exchange benefits information. Our web-based platform has a user-friendly interface designed to enable the insured consumers to access all of their benefits in one place. Our comprehensive solutions support core benefits plans, including healthcare, dental, life, and disability insurance, and voluntary benefits plans, such as critical illness, supplemental income, and wellness programs. As the number of employer benefits plans has increased, with each plan subject to many different business rules and requirements, demand for the Benefitfocus platform has grown. We serve two separate but related market segments. Our fastest growing market segment, the employer market, consists of employers offering benefits to their employees. Within this segment, we mainly target large employers with more than 1,000 employees, of which we believe there are approximately 18,000 in the United States. In our other market segment, we sell our solutions to insurance carriers, enabling us to expand our overall footprint in the benefits marketplace by aggregating many key constituents, including consumers, employers, and brokers. Our business model capitalizes on the close relationship between carriers and their members, and the carriers’ ability to serve as lead generators for potential employer customers. Carriers pay for services at a rate reflective of the aggregated nature of their customer base on a per application basis. Carriers can then deploy their applications to employer groups and members. As employers become direct customers through our employer segment, we provide them our platform offering that bundles many software applications into a comprehensive benefits solution through HR InTouch. We believe our presence in both the employer and insurance carrier markets gives us a strong position at the center of the benefits ecosystem. We sell our software solutions and related services primarily through our direct sales force. We derive most of our revenue from software services fees, which primarily consist of monthly subscription fees paid to us for access to and usage of our cloud-based benefits software solutions, and related professional services. Software services fees paid to us from our employer customers are generally based on the number of employees covered by the relevant benefits plans at contracted rates for a specified period of time, which is usually one year. Software services fees paid to us from our carrier customers are based on the number of members contracted to use our solutions at contracted rates for a specified period of time, which usually ranges from three to five years. Our carrier contracts are generally only cancellable by the carrier in an instance of our uncured breach, although some of our carrier customers are able to terminate their respective contracts without cause or for convenience. Software services revenue accounted for approximately 93%, 93%, 95%, and 89% of our total revenue during the years ended 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. 51 Table of Contents Another component of our revenue is professional services. We derive the majority of our professional services revenue from the implementation of our customers onto our platform, which typically includes discovery, configuration and deployment, integration, testing, and training. In general, it takes from four to five months to implement a new employer customer’s benefits systems and eight to 10 months to implement a new carrier customer’s benefits systems. We also provide customer support services and customized media content that supports our customers’ effort to educate and communicate with consumers. Professional services revenue accounted for approximately 7%, 7%, 5%, and 11% of our total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Increasing our base of large employer customers is an important source of revenue growth for us. We actively pursue new employer customers in the U.S. market, and we have increased the number of large employer customers utilizing our solutions from 121 as of December 31, 2009 to 393 as of December 31, 2013, a 34.2% compound annual growth rate. We believe that our continued innovation and new solutions, such as online benefits marketplaces, also known as private exchanges, enhanced mobile offerings, and more robust data analytics capabilities will help us attract additional large employer customers and increase our revenue from existing customers. We believe that there is a substantial market for our services, and we have been investing in growth over the past three years. In particular, we have continued to invest in technology and services to better serve our larger employer customers, which we believe are an important source of growth for our business. We have also substantially increased our marketing and sales efforts and expect those increased efforts to continue. As we have invested in growth, we have had operating losses in each of the last three years, and expect our operating losses to continue for the foreseeable future. Due to the nature of our customer relationships, which have been very stable with relatively few customer losses over the past years, and the subscription nature of our financial model, we believe that our current investment in growth should lead to substantially increased revenue, which will allow us to achieve profitability in the relatively near future. Of course, our ability to achieve profitability will continue to be subject to many factors beyond our control. Key Financial and Operating Performance Metrics We regularly monitor a number of financial and operating metrics in order to measure our current performance and project our future performance. These metrics help us develop and refine our growth strategies and make strategic decisions. We discuss revenue, gross margin, and the components of operating loss, as well as segment revenue and components of segment loss from operations, in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Operating Results”. In addition, we utilize other key metrics as described below. Number of Large Employer and Carrier Customers We believe the number of large employer and carrier customers is a key indicator of our market penetration, growth, and future revenue. We have aggressively invested in and intend to continue to invest in our direct sales force to grow our customer base. We generally define a customer as an entity with an active software services contract as of the measurement date. The following table sets forth the number of large employer and carrier customers for the periods indicated: 52 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 Number of customers: Large employer 393 286 193 141 121 Carrier 40 34 30 29 28 Table of Contents Software Services Revenue Retention Rate We believe that our ability to retain our customers and expand the revenue they generate for us over time is an important component of our growth strategy and reflects the long-term value of our customer relationships. We measure our performance on this basis using a metric we refer to as our software services revenue retention rate. We calculate this metric for a particular period by establishing the group of our customers that had active contracts for a given period. We then calculate our software services revenue retention rate by taking the amount of software services revenue we recognized for this group in the subsequent comparable period (for which we are reporting the rate) and dividing it by the software services revenue we recognized for the group in the prior period. For 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010 our software services revenue retention rate exceeded 95%. Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA Adjusted gross profit represents our gross profit before depreciation and amortization, as well as stock-based compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA represents our earnings before net interest and other expense, taxes, and depreciation and amortization expense, adjusted to eliminate stock-based compensation and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets. Adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA are not measures calculated in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. Please refer to “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA” in this report for a discussion of the limitations of adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA and reconciliations of adjusted gross profit to gross profit and adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measurements, respectively, for 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010. Components of Operating Results Revenue We derive the majority of our revenue from software services fees, which consist primarily of monthly subscription fees paid to us by our employer and carrier customers for access to, and usage of, our cloud-based benefits software solutions for a specified contract term. We also derive revenue from professional services fees, which primarily include fees related to the implementation of our customers onto our platform. Our professional services typically include discovery, configuration and deployment, integration, testing, and training. The following table sets forth a breakdown of our revenue between software services and professional services for the periods indicated (in thousands): We generally recognize software services fees monthly based on the number of employees covered by the relevant benefits plans at contracted rates for a specified period of time, provided that an enforceable contract has been signed by both parties, access to our software has been granted to the customer and is available for their use, the fee for the software services is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. We defer recognition of our professional services fees paid by customers in connection with implementation of our software services, or implementation fees, and 53 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 Revenue: Software services $ 97,713 $ 75,931 $ 65,210 $ 59,425 Professional services 7,039 5,808 3,573 7,697 Total revenue $ 104,752 $ 81,739 $ 68,783 $ 67,122 Table of Contents recognize them, beginning once the software services have commenced, ratably over the longer of the contract term or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship. We will periodically evaluate the term over which revenue is recognized for most professional services as we gain more experience with customer contract renewals. In the first quarter of 2011, we increased the estimated expected life of our customer relationships for both employer and carrier customers. This change in estimate was a result of growing demand for our software services, reduced uncertainties in the regulatory environment, and increased confidence in customer retention. This change extends the term over which we recognize our deferred revenue. Most of our deferred revenue relates to professional services performed for our carrier customers, which require a more extensive and lengthy implementation. Further, prior to 2012, we generally did not charge implementation fees to our large employer customers. We will continue to periodically evaluate the term over which revenue is recognized for most professional services as we gain more experience with customer contract renewals. We generally invoice our employer and carrier customers for software services in advance, in monthly installments. We invoice our employer customers for implementation fees at the inception of the arrangement. We generally invoice our carrier customers for implementation fees at various contractually defined times throughout the implementation process. Implementation fees that have been invoiced are initially recorded as deferred revenue until recognized as described above. Overhead Allocation Expenses associated with our facilities, IT costs, and depreciation and amortization, are allocated between cost of revenue and operating expenses based on employee headcount determined by the nature of work performed. Cost of Revenue Cost of revenue primarily consists of salaries and other personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, for associates providing services to our customers and supporting our SaaS platform infrastructure. Additional expenses in cost of revenue include co-location facility costs for our data centers, depreciation expense for computer equipment directly associated with generating revenue, infrastructure maintenance costs, amortization expenses associated with capitalized software development costs, allocated overhead, and other direct costs. Our cost of revenue is expensed as we incur the costs. However, the related revenue from fees we receive for our implementation services performed before a customer is operating on our platform is deferred until the commencement of the monthly subscription and recognized as revenue ratably over the longer of the related contract term or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship. Therefore, the cost incurred in providing these services is expensed in periods prior to the recognition of the corresponding revenue. Our cost associated with providing implementation services has been significantly higher as a percentage of revenue than our cost associated with providing our monthly subscription services due to the labor associated with providing implementation services. We plan to continue to expand our capacity to support our growth, which will result in higher cost of revenue in absolute dollars. However, we expect cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue to decline and gross margins to increase primarily from the growth of the percentage of our revenue from large employers and the realization of economies of scale driven by retention of our customer base. 54 Table of Contents Operating Expenses Operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses. Salaries and personnel-related costs are the most significant component of each of these expense categories. We expect to continue to hire new associates in these areas in order to support our anticipated revenue growth. As a result, we expect our operating expenses to increase in both aggregate dollars and as a percentage of revenue in the near term, but to decrease over the longer term as we achieve economies of scale. Sales and marketing expense. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries and other personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation, and commissions for our sales and marketing associates. We record expense for commissions at the time of contract signing. Additional expenses include advertising, lead generation, promotional event programs, corporate communications, travel, and allocated overhead. For instance, our most significant promotional event is One Place, which we hold annually in the second quarter. We expect our sales and marketing expense to increase in both absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue in the foreseeable future as we further increase the number of our sales and marketing professionals and expand our marketing activities in order to continue to grow our business. Research and development expense. Research and development expense consists primarily of salaries and other personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation for our research and development associates. Additional expenses include costs related to the development, quality assurance, and testing of new technology, and enhancement of our existing platform technology, consulting, travel, and allocated overhead. We believe continuing to invest in research and development efforts is essential to maintaining our competitive position. We expect our research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue for the near term, but decrease as a percentage of revenue over the longer term as we achieve economies of scale. General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and other personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation for administrative, finance and accounting, information systems, legal, and human resource associates. Additional expenses include consulting and professional fees, insurance and other corporate expenses, and travel. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute terms as a result of operating as a public company and will include costs associated with compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulations governing public companies, increased costs of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, increased professional services expenses, and costs associated with an enhanced investor relations function. Impairment of goodwill. On August 3, 2010, we acquired 100% of the net assets of Beninform Holdings, Inc. and recorded $3.3 million of goodwill in connection with the acquisition. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded an impairment of goodwill of $1.7 million due to lower than expected sales forecast at the October 31, 2011 impairment testing date. Other Income and Expense Other income and expense consists primarily of interest income and expense, accretion of contingent consideration, and gain (loss) on disposal of fixed assets. Interest income represents interest received on our cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense consists primarily of the interest incurred on outstanding borrowings under our financing obligations, existing notes and credit facilities. 55 Table of Contents Income Tax Expense Income tax expense consists of U.S. federal and state income taxes. We incurred minimal income tax expense for 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010. Net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes were $41.4 million at December 31, 2013. State net operating loss carryforwards were approximately $33.7 million at December 31, 2013. Federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2022, if not utilized. State net operating losses will expire at various dates beginning in 2022, if not utilized. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount we believe is more likely than not to be realized. Results of Operations Consolidated Statements of Operations Data The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated (in thousands). 56 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Revenue $ 104,752 $ 81,739 $ 68,783 $ 67,122 Cost of revenue (1) 62,411 44,400 42,133 38,870 Gross profit 42,341 37,339 26,650 28,252 Operating expenses: Sales and marketing (1) 36,072 27,905 22,553 14,174 Research and development (1) 23,532 14,621 9,120 8,650 General and administrative (1) 10,974 7,494 5,821 6,038 Impairment of goodwill — — 1,670 — Change in fair value of contingent consideration (43 ) 121 503 — Total operating expenses 70,535 50,141 39,667 28,862 Loss from operations (28,194 ) (12,802 ) (13,017 ) (610 ) Other income (expense): Interest income 46 53 151 364 Interest expense (2,149 ) (1,976 ) (1,974 ) (1,970 ) Other expense (95 ) (64 ) (189 ) (249 ) Total other expense, net (2,198 ) (1,987 ) (2,012 ) (1,855 ) Loss before income taxes (30,392 ) (14,789 ) (15,029 ) (2,465 ) Income tax (benefit) expense (31 ) 84 35 10 Net loss $ (30,361 ) $ (14,873 ) $ (15,064 ) $ (2,475 ) (1) Cost of revenue and operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands): Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Cost of revenue $ 274 $ 195 $ 252 352 Sales and marketing 171 68 102 77 Research and development 255 130 121 87 General and administrative 502 319 246 519 Table of Contents The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated (as a percentage of revenue). Our Segments The following table sets forth segment results for revenue, gross profit, and loss from operations for the periods indicated (in thousands): 57 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Revenue 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % Cost of revenue 59.6 54.3 61.3 57.9 Gross profit 40.4 45.7 38.7 42.1 Operating expenses: Sales and marketing 34.4 34.1 32.8 21.1 Research and development 22.5 17.9 13.3 12.9 General and administrative 10.5 9.2 8.5 9.0 Impairment of goodwill — — 2.4 0.0 Change in fair value of contingent consideration 0.0 0.1 0.7 0.0 Total operating expenses 67.3 61.3 57.7 43.0 Loss from operations (26.9 ) (15.7 ) (18.9 ) (0.9 ) Other income (expense): Interest income — 0.1 0.2 0.5 Interest expense (2.1 ) (2.4 ) (2.9 ) (2.9 ) Other expense (0.1 ) (0.1 ) (0.3 ) (0.4 ) Total other expense, net (2.1 ) (2.4 ) (2.9 ) (2.8 ) Loss before income taxes (29.0 ) (18.1 ) (21.8 ) (3.7 ) Income tax (benefit) expense — 0.1 0.1 — Net loss (29.0 %) (18.2 %) (21.9 %) (3.7 %) Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Revenue from external customer by segment: Employer $ 40,656 $ 23,760 $ 15,938 $ 9,356 Carrier 64,096 57,979 52,845 57,766 Total revenue $ 104,752 $ 81,739 $ 68,783 $ 67,122 Gross profit by segment: Employer $ 13,316 $ 9,810 $ 6,059 $ 3,121 Carrier 29,025 27,529 20,591 25,131 Total gross profit $ 42,341 $ 37,339 $ 26,650 $ 28,252 Income (loss) from operations by segment: Employer $ (26,312 ) $ (19,015 ) $ (19,533 ) $ (6,628 ) Carrier (1,882 ) 6,213 6,516 6,018 Total loss from operations $ (28,194 ) $ (12,802 ) $ (13,017 ) $ (610 ) Table of Contents Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 Revenue Growth in both software services and professional services revenues year over year was primarily attributable to the addition of new customers, as the number of large employer and carrier customers increased to 433 as of December 31, 2013 from 320 as of December 31, 2012. Segment Revenue The growth in employer revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to a $16.5 million increase in our employer software services revenue driven primarily by an increase in the number of large employer customers using our platform as of December 31, 2013 as compared to December 31, 2012. The growth in carrier revenue year over year was primarily attributable to an increase of $5.3 million in our carrier software services revenue, driven primarily by an increase in the number of carrier customers using our platform as well as an increase in the number of products being utilized by our carrier customers during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Cost of Revenue The increase in cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to a $10.7 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs and a $4.6 million increase in professional fees. Customer services salaries and personnel-related costs increased $6.8 million and professional fees increased by $2.6 million to support a growing number of customers and to prepare for and assist with an open enrollment period 58 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) Software services $ 97,713 93.3 % $ 75,931 92.9 % $ 21,782 28.7 % Professional services 7,039 6.7 5,808 7.1 1,231 21.2 % Total revenue $ 104,752 100.0 % $ 81,739 100.0 % $ 23,013 28.2 % Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) Employer $ 40,656 38.8 % $ 23,760 29.1 % $ 16,896 71.1 % Carrier 64,096 61.2 57,979 70.9 6,117 10.6 % Total revenue $ 104,752 100.0 % $ 81,739 100.0 % $ 23,013 28.2 % Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) Cost of revenue $ 62,411 59.6 % $ 44,400 54.3 % $ 18,011 40.6 % Table of Contents at a large customer. Engineering salaries and personnel-related costs increased $3.4 million and professional fees increased by $1.8 million to perform customer implementations for a certain large employer customer and for our Marketplace product at carrier customers. In addition, we experienced a $0.4 million increase in telecommunications and other expense related to increased open enrollment volume and $0.6 million increase in travel expenses to client sites. Further, we experienced a $1.3 million increase in infrastructure maintenance costs to support our products and platform and a $0.8 million increase in facilities expenses as a result of adding office space. Additional hiring led to a $0.2 million increase in recruiting costs. These increases were partially offset by a net decrease of $0.5 million in amortization expense primarily due to an impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2012 related to capitalized software development costs offset by additions to property and equipment related to our growth. Gross Profit The increase in software services gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was driven by a $21.8 million, or 28.7%, increase in software services revenue, partially offset by a $7.3 million, or 25.5%, increase in software services cost of revenue. Software services cost of revenue included $93,000 and $100,000 of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively; and $6.7 million and $7.2 million of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The net decrease in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily due to an impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2013 related to capitalized software development costs partially offset by additions to property and equipment related to our growth. The increase in professional services gross loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was driven by a $10.7 million, or 68.5%, increase in professional services cost of revenue, partially offset by a $1.2 million, or 21.2%, increase in professional services revenue. Professional services cost of revenue included $181,000 and $95,000 of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, professional services cost of revenue included approximately $0.4 million in depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Segment Gross Profit 59 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) Software services $ 61,564 63.0 % $ 47,115 62.0 % $ 14,449 30.7 % Professional services (19,223 ) (273.1 ) (9,776 ) (168.3 ) (9,447 ) 96.6 Gross profit $ 42,341 40.4 % $ 37,339 45.7 % $ 5,002 13.4 % Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) Employer $ 13,316 32.8 % $ 9,810 41.3 % $ 3,506 35.7 % Carrier 29,025 45.3 27,529 47.5 1,496 5.4 Gross profit $ 42,341 40.4 % $ 37,339 45.7 % $ 5,002 13.4 % Table of Contents The increase in employer gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was driven by a $16.9 million, or 71.1%, increase in employer revenue, partially offset by a $13.4 million, or 96.0%, increase in employer cost of revenue. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to costs associated with providing implementation services, which increased due to a higher number of new individual employer customer implementations. Our employer gross profit included $2.5 million and $1.9 million of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, our employer gross profit included $115,000 and $60,000 of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in carrier gross profit year over year was driven by a $6.1 million, or 10.6%, increase in carrier revenue, partially offset by a $4.6 million, or 15.2%, increase in carrier cost of revenue. The increase in cost of revenue is primarily attributable to new individual carrier customer and product implementations, including our Marketplace product. Our carrier gross profit included $4.6 million and $5.7 million in depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, our carrier gross profit included $159,000 and $135,000 of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Sales and Marketing The increase in sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to a $5.1 million increase in commissions and sales bonus expenses due to increased sales year over year. We also hired sales and marketing personnel to continue driving revenue growth, leading to a $1.5 million increase in salaries and personnel related costs. The additional hiring resulted in a $0.5 million increase in recruiting costs. Research and Development The increase in research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to a $6.0 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, a $0.3 million increase in recruiting costs, and a $1.7 million increase in engineering consulting fees, all related to continued product development and feature enhancement. Additionally, we experienced a $0.3 million increase in travel expenses to client sites and a $0.3 million increase in facilities expenses and depreciation as a result of adding office space and equipment to accommodate increased headcount. 60 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) Sales and marketing $ 36,072 34.4 % $ 27,905 34.1 % $ 8,167 29.3 % Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) Research and development $ 23,532 22.5 % $ 14,621 17.9 % $ 8,911 60.9 % Table of Contents General and Administrative The increase in general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to a $1.8 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in general and administrative personnel to support our growing business and an increase in performance-driven management bonuses. We also experienced a $0.2 million increase in stock-based compensation expense due to grants made in October 2012, May 2013, and August 2013 to incentivize our management. In addition, we experienced a $0.8 million increase in consulting and professional fees and a $0.3 million increase in travel costs incurred in connection with our IPO. Further, other operating expense increased by $0.2 million year over year primarily due to increased insurance costs. Segment Income (Loss) From Operations The increase in employer loss from operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was attributable to an increase in employer operating expenses of $10.8 million offset by an increase of $3.5 million in employer gross profit. The increase in operating expenses was primarily attributable to a $5.4 million increase in sales and marketing expense, a $3.5 million increase in research and development expense and a $2.1 million increase in general and administrative expense. The increase in sales and marketing expense was attributable to an increase in commissions and sales bonus expenses due to increased sales to new employer customers during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. We also hired employer sales personnel to continue driving revenue growth. The increase in research and development expense was primarily driven by a headcount increase to work on improving our existing products and technology infrastructure to allow further growth in our employer customer base. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to an increase in professional fees and general and administrative personnel to support our growing business. The carrier loss from operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 was attributable to an increase in carrier operating expenses of $9.6 million offset by an increase of $1.5 million in carrier gross profit. The increase in operating expenses was primarily attributable to an increase of $5.4 million in research and development expense, an increase of $2.8 million in sales and marketing expense, and an increase of $1.4 million in general and administrative expense. The increase in research and development expense was primarily driven by a headcount increase attributable to the 61 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) General and administrative $ 10,974 10.5 % $ 7,494 9.2 % $ 3,480 46.4 % Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) Employer $ (26,312 ) (64.7 )% $ (19,015 ) (80.0 )% $ (7,297 ) 38.4 % Carrier (1,882 ) (2.9 ) 6,213 10.7 (8,095 ) (130.3 ) Loss from operations $ (28,194 ) (26.9 )% $ (12,802 ) (15.7 )% $ (15,392 ) 120.2 % Table of Contents increased development activity related to our Marketplace product during the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to an increase in commissions and sales bonus expenses due to increased sales during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to an increase in professional fees and general and administrative personnel to support our growing business. Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 Revenue The growth in software service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily attributable to the addition of new customers as the number of large employer and carrier customers increased from 223 as of December 31, 2011 to 320 as of December 31, 2012. The increase in professional services revenue for 2012 as compared to 2011 was primarily attributed to an increase in the number of new carrier customers requiring implementation services, as well as completion of those services during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Segment Revenue The growth in employer revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily attributable to a $7.8 million increase in our employer software services revenue driven primarily by a 48.2% increase in the number of large employer customers using our platform during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The growth in carrier revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily attributable to an increase of $3.0 million in our carrier software services revenue, driven primarily by an increase in the number of products being utilized by our carrier customers, as well as by increases in the number of members using our platform during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. 62 Year Ended December 31, 2012 2011 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) Software services $ 75,931 92.9 % $ 65,210 94.8 % $ 10,721 16.4 % Professional services 5,808 7.1 3,573 5.2 2,235 62.6 % Total revenue $ 81,739 100.0 % $ 68,783 100.0 % $ 12,956 18.8 % Year Ended December 31, 2012 2011 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) Employer $ 23,760 29.1 % $ 15,938 23.2 % $ 7,822 49.1 % Carrier 57,979 70.9 52,845 76.8 5,143 9.7 % Total revenue $ 81,739 100.0 % $ 68,783 100.0 % $ 12,956 18.8 % Table of Contents Cost of Revenue The increase in cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was in part attributable to a $1.1 million increase in amortization expense associated with capitalized software development costs, primarily due to the impairment of certain internally developed software that we concluded would not produce expected cash flows for the remainder of its estimated useful life. Salaries and personnel-related costs increased by $0.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, as we increased the number of associates providing services to our expanded customer base and supporting our platform infrastructure. In addition, we experienced a $0.3 million increase in infrastructure maintenance costs to support our platform. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue was higher during the year ended December 31, 2011 in part because of a large carrier customer implementation during that year. Gross Profit The increase in software services gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was driven by a $10.7 million, or 16.4%, increase in software services revenue, partially offset by a $2.4 million, or 9.1%, increase in software services cost of revenue. Software services cost of revenue included $0.1 million of stock-based compensation expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012; and $5.6 million and $7.0 million of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily due to a charge taken during the year ended December 31, 2012 related to impairment of capitalized software development costs. The decrease in professional services loss year over year was driven by a $2.2 million, or 62.6%, increase in professional services revenue and a $0.2 million, or 0.9%, decrease in professional services cost of revenue. Our professional services cost of revenue was higher during the year ended December 31, 2011 in part because of a large customer implementation during that year. Professional services cost of revenue included $0.1 million of stock-based compensation expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. In addition, professional services cost of revenue included $0.5 million and $0.4 million in depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. 63 Year Ended December 31, 2012 2011 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) Cost of revenue $ 44,400 54.3 % $ 42,133 61.3 % $ 2,267 5.4 % Year Ended December 31, 2012 2011 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) Software services $ 47,115 62.0 % $ 38,808 59.5 % $ 8,307 21.4 % Professional services (9,776 ) (168.3 ) (12,157 ) (340.2 ) 2,381 (19.6 ) Gross profit $ 37,339 45.7 % $ 26,651 38.7 % $ 10,688 40.1 % Table of Contents Segment Gross Profit The increase in employer gross profit year over year was driven by a $7.8 million, or 49.1%, increase in employer revenue, partially offset by a $4.1 million, or 41.2%, increase in employer cost of revenue. Our employer gross profit included $1.3 million and $1.7 million of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $0.1 million of stock-based compensation expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. The increase in carrier gross profit year over year was driven by a $5.1 million, or 9.7%, increase in carrier revenue and a $1.8 million, or 5.6%, decrease in carrier cost of revenue. Our carrier cost of revenue was higher for the year ended December 31, 2011 in part because of a large carrier customer implementation. Our carrier gross profit included $4.8 million and $5.7 million in depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. In addition, our carrier gross profit included $0.2 million and $0.1 million of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Sales and Marketing The increase in sales and marketing expense year over year was primarily attributable to a $4.2 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of sales and marketing personnel to continue driving revenue growth. The increase was also driven by a $1.4 million increase in marketing events, including the expansion of our annual One Place user and partner conference in April 2012, and additional external marketing events. Research and Development 64 Year Ended December 31, 2012 2011 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) Employer $ 9,810 41.3 % $ 6,059 38.0 % $ 3,751 61.9 % Carrier 27,529 47.5 20,591 39.0 6,938 33.7 Gross profit $ 37,339 45.7 % $ 26,650 38.7 % $ 10,689 40.1 % Year Ended December 31, 2012 2011 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (Restated) (dollars in thousands) (Restated) Sales and marketing $ 27,905 34.1 % $ 22,553 32.8 % $ 5,352 23.7 % Year Ended December 31, 2012 2011 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (Restated) (dollars in thousands) (Restated) Research and development $ 14,621 17.9 % $ 9,120 13.3 % $ 5,501 60.3 % Table of Contents The increase in research and development expense year over year was primarily attributable to a $4.1 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with additional research and development headcount, as well as a $0.4 million increase in consulting expense, to accommodate increased focus on development of our products, including the incorporation of and compliance with PPACA, the development of the HR InTouch Marketplace product, and investment of development resources in a new electronic data interchange platform. In addition we experienced a $0.5 million increase in allocated overhead for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 related to increased depreciation and amortization and facilities costs. General and Administrative The increase in general and administrative expense year over year was primarily attributable to a $1.4 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in general and administrative personnel to support our growing business and to prepare for our IPO. Segment Income (Loss) From Operations The decrease in employer loss from operations year over year was primarily attributable to a $7.8 million increase in employer revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012. In addition, we recognized a $1.7 million goodwill impairment during the year ended December 31, 2011. These changes were partially offset by increases of $4.4 million and $4.1 million in sales and marketing expenses and cost of revenue, respectively. The increase in sales and marketing expenses was attributable to an increase in salaries and personnel-related costs of the sales associates who were hired during the year ended December 31, 2011 to market our solutions to employers and received a full year of salary in the year ended December 31, 2012. Commissions of our sales associates increased as a result of increased sales to new employer customers. The increase in sales and marketing expenses was also attributable to an increase in marketing events, including One Place, as well as increases attributable to other external marketing events during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily driven by a 40.0% increase in our employer client service associate headcount. The decrease in carrier income from operations year over year was primarily attributable to a $5.5 million increase in research and development expenses. The increase in research and development expense was attributable to efforts to develop and improve carrier segment-specific product 65 Year Ended December 31, 2012 2011 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) General and administrative $ 7,494 9.2 % $ 5,821 8.5 % $ 1,673 28.7 % Year Ended December 31, 2012 2011 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) Employer $ (19,015 ) (80.0 )% $ (19,533 ) (122.6 )% $ 518 (2.7 )% Carrier 6,213 10.7 6,516 12.3 (303 ) (4.7 ) Loss from operations $ (12,802 ) (15.7 )% $ (13,017 ) (18.9 )% $ 215 (1.7 )% Table of Contents enhancements. In addition, we experienced increases of $0.9 million and $0.8 million in sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in sales and marketing expense was attributable to associates hired during the year ended December 31, 2011, who received a full year of salary during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily attributable to increases in salaries and personnel-related costs. These increases were partially offset by an increase in carrier gross profit of $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011. Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 As previously mentioned, in the first quarter of 2011, we increased the estimated expected life of our customer relationships for both employer and carrier customers. This change had the effect of extending the term over which we recognize our deferred revenue. Most of our deferred revenue relates to implementation services performed for our carrier customers, which require a more extensive and lengthy implementation. In the absence of this change, each of revenue, gross profit, and segment loss from operations would have improved by $5.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. Revenue Revenue increased by $1.7 million, or 2.5%, from $67.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $68.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our software services revenue increased $5.8 million, or 9.7%, during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This growth was primarily attributable to the addition of new customers as the number of large employer and carrier customers increased from 170 as of December 31, 2010 to 223 as of December 31, 2011. This growth was offset by a $4.1 million, or 53.6%, decrease in our professional services revenue during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This decrease was primarily attributable to the increase in the first quarter of 2011 in the estimated expected customer relationship period over which we recognize our implementation fees. Segment Revenue 66 Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) Software services $ 65,210 94.8 % $ 59,425 88.5 % $ 5,785 9.7 % Professional services 3,573 5.2 7,697 11.5 (4,124 ) (53.6 )% Total revenue $ 68,783 100.0 % $ 67,122 100.0 % $ 1,661 2.5 % Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) Employer $ 15,938 23.2 % $ 9,356 13.9 % $ 6,582 70.4 % Carrier 52,845 76.8 57,766 86.1 (4,921 ) (8.5 )% Total revenue $ 68,783 100.0 % $ 67,122 100.0 % $ 1,661 2.5 % Table of Contents Our employer revenue increased $6.6 million, or 70.4%, from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011. This growth was primarily attributable to a $7.0 million increase in our employer software services revenue driven primarily by a 36.9% increase in the number of large employer customers using our platform during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. Our carrier revenue decreased $4.9 million, or 8.5%, during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This decline was attributable to decreases of $3.7 million and $1.2 million in our carrier professional services and software services revenue, respectively. The decrease in carrier professional services revenue was primarily driven by the increase in the first quarter of 2011 in the estimated expected customer relationship period over which we recognize our implementation fees. In addition, our carrier segment revenue was impacted by the uncertainty around the implementation of healthcare reform, which resulted in delayed purchasing decisions on the part of our carrier customers. Cost of Revenue Cost of revenue increased by $3.3 million, or 8.4%, from $38.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $42.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to a $1.4 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of associates providing services to our expanding customer base and supporting our platform infrastructure. In addition, we experienced increased implementation costs related to a large carrier customer implementation during the year ended December 31, 2011. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue increased from 57.9% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 61.3% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue and resulting decrease in gross margin is primarily attributable to the change in estimated life of our customer relationships during the year ended December 31, 2011. In the absence of this change, each of revenue, gross profit, and net loss would have improved by $5.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. Segment Gross Profit The increase in employer gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year December 31, 2011 was driven by a $6.6 million, or 70.4%, increase in employer revenue, partially offset by a $3.6 million, or 58.4%, increase in employer cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our employer gross profit included $1.3 million and $0.6 million of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $0.1 million of stock-based compensation expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. 67 Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) Cost of revenue $ 42,133 61.3 % $ 38,870 57.9 % $ 3,263 8.4 % Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) Employer $ 6,059 38.0 % $ 3,121 33.4 % $ 2,938 94.1 % Carrier 20,591 39.0 25,131 43.5 (4,540 ) (18.1 )% Gross profit $ 26,650 38.7 % $ 28,252 42.1 % $ (1,602 ) (5.7 )% Table of Contents The decrease in carrier gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011 was driven by a $4.9 million, or 8.5%, decrease in carrier revenue, partially offset by a $0.4 million, or 1.2%, decrease in carrier cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in carrier revenue and gross profit was primarily attributable to the increase in the first quarter of 2011 in the estimated expected customer relationship period over which we recognize our implementation fees, which decreased the amount of professional services revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. Our carrier gross profit included $4.8 million and $5.5 million in depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In addition, our carrier gross profit included $0.2 million and $0.3 million of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Sales and Marketing The increase in sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily attributable to a $6.0 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of sales and marketing personnel to continue driving revenue growth. As a result of the increased headcount in 2011, we experienced a $0.6 million increase in overhead expenses allocated to our sales and marketing functions during the year. In addition, we experienced increases of $0.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively, in travel and recruiting costs. Research and Development The increase in research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily attributable to a $0.3 million increase in consulting expenses and a $0.1 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs due to our product development efforts. General and Administrative 68 Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) Sales and marketing $ 22,553 32.8 % $ 14,174 21.1 % $ 8,379 59.1 % Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) Research and development $ 9,120 13.3 % $ 8,650 12.9 % $ 470 5.4 % Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) General and administrative $ 5,821 8.5 % $ 6,038 9.0 % $ (217 ) (3.6 )% Table of Contents The decrease in general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily attributable to a $0.2 million decrease in salaries and personnel-related costs during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. Segment Income (Loss) From Operations The increase in employer loss from operations was primarily attributable to a $8.9 million increase in employer sales and marketing expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we increased the number of sales associates by 110.0%, resulting in a $6.2 million increase in employer sales and marketing salaries and personnel-related costs. We also experienced a $4.3 million increase in employer segment-specific research and development expenses. As a result of an increase in employer customer volume, we devoted more research and development efforts to our employer segment specific products. In addition, we recognized a goodwill impairment of $1.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. These changes were partially offset by a $2.9 million increase in employer gross profit, driven primarily by a $6.6 million increase in employer revenue during the year. The increase in carrier income from operations was primarily attributable to decreases of $3.8 million and $0.7 million in research and development expenses and general and administrative expenses, respectively. These declines were primarily the result of the shift of our research and development efforts to products in our employer segment. Additionally, we experienced a $0.5 million decrease in marketing expenses due primarily to a realignment of promotional efforts to grow our employer business. These decreases in costs were partially offset by a decline in carrier gross profit of $4.5 million, driven by the change in estimated life of our customer relationships during the year ended December 31, 2011. In the absence of this change, each of carrier revenue, gross profit, and income from operations would have improved by $5.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results might differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 69 Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Period-to-Period Change Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage (dollars in thousands) (Restated) (Restated) Employer $ (19,533 ) (122.6 )% $ (6,628 ) (70.8 )% $ (12,905 ) * Carrier 6,516 12.3 6,018 10.4 498 8.3 % Loss from operations $ (13,017 ) (18.9 )% $ (610 ) (0.9 )% $ (12,407 ) * * Not meaningful. Table of Contents While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue We derive the majority of our revenue from software services fees, which consist primarily of monthly subscription fees paid to us by our customers for access to, and usage of, our cloud-based benefits software solutions for a specified contract term. We also derive revenue from professional services which primarily include fees related to the implementation of our customers onto our platform, which typically includes discovery, configuration and deployment, integration, testing, and training. We recognize revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, we have provided the service, the fees to be paid by the customer are fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We consider that delivery of our cloud-based software services has commenced once we have granted the customer access to our platform. We generally recognize software services fees monthly based on the number of employees covered by the relevant benefits plans at contracted rates for a specified period of time once the criteria for revenue recognition described above have been satisfied. We defer recognition of our professional services fees and begin recognizing them once the services are performed and related software services have commenced, ratably over the longer of the contract term or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship. We estimate our customer relationship period based on various factors including, but not limited to, contract terms, contract extensions and renewals, customer attrition, the nature and pace of technology advancements and obsolescence, and the anticipated impact of demand, competition, and other regulatory and economic factors. Most of our deferred revenue relates to professional services performed for our carrier customers, which require a more extensive and lengthy implementation. We will evaluate the term over which revenue is recognized for our implementation fees as we gain more experience with customer contract renewals. Accounts Receivable and Allowances for Doubtful Accounts and Returns We state accounts receivable at realizable value, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts that we maintain for estimated losses expected to result from the inability of some customers to make payments as they become due. We base our estimated allowance on our analysis of past due amounts and ongoing credit evaluations. Historically, our actual collection experience has not varied significantly from our estimates, due primarily to our credit and collection policies and the financial strength of our customers. The allowances for returns are accounted for as reductions of revenue and are estimated based on the Company’s periodic assessment of historical experience and trends. The Company considers factors such as the time lag since the initiation of revenue recognition, historical reasons for adjustments, new customer volume, complexity of billing arrangements, timing of software availability, and past due customer billings. 70 Table of Contents Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to an annual impairment test. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level annually on October 31, or more frequently if events or changes in business circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. When testing goodwill for impairment, we first perform an assessment of qualitative factors, including but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, company-specific events, changes in circumstances, and after-tax cash flows. If qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the relevant reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level using a two-step approach. In step one, we determine if the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the unit’s carrying value. If step one indicates that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we perform step two, determining the fair value of goodwill and, if the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, recording an impairment charge. We have determined that we have two operating segments, employer and carrier. Further, we have identified that the employer operating segment contains a component, Benefit Informatics. Prior to 2013 Benefit Informatics was a reporting unit that was part of the employer operating segment. Starting in 2013, Benefit Informatics no longer had discreet financial information, ceased to be a reporting unit and is integrated within the employer segment. To determine the fair value of our reporting units, we primarily use a discounted cash flow analysis, which requires significant assumptions and estimates about future operations. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis include the determination of an appropriate discount rate, estimated terminal value and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. Stock-Based Compensation We have issued two types of stock-based awards under our stock plans: stock options and restricted stock units. Stock-based awards granted to associates, directors, and non-associate third parties are measured at fair value at each grant date. When determining the fair market value of our common stock, we consider what we believe to be comparable publicly traded companies, discounted free cash flows, and an analysis of our enterprise value. We recognize stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, ratably over the requisite service period of the option award. Generally, options vest 25% on the one-year anniversary of the grant date with the balance vesting over the following 36 months. We previously granted options that vest 100% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date. Restricted stock unit awards vest 25% on each anniversary of the grant date over 4 years. Determination of the Fair Value of Stock-Based Compensation Grants The determination of the fair value of stock-based compensation arrangements is affected by a number of variables, including estimates of the fair value of our common stock, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate, and the expected life of the award. We value stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that are fully transferable and have no vesting restrictions. Black-Scholes and other option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility. For restricted stock unit awards, fair value is based on the closing price of our stock on the trading day preceding the grant date. 71 Table of Contents The following summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted during the periods indicated (we did not grant any options in 2011): We have assumed no dividend yield because we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, which is consistent with our past practice. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected life of our associate stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the simplified method. Under the simplified method, the expected life of an option is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. We used the simplified method due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The list of comparable companies we used to determine expected volatility was consistent with those used to determine the corresponding fair value of our common stock at each grant date. We based our estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures, or forfeiture rate, on our analysis of historical behavior by stock option holders. We apply the estimated forfeiture rate to the total estimated fair value of the awards, as derived from the Black-Scholes model, to compute the stock-based compensation expense, net of pre-vesting forfeitures, to be recognized in our consolidated statements of operations. Based upon stock closing stock price on December 31, 2013 of $57.74, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2013 was $156.0 million, of which $127.4 million related to vested options and $28.6 million to unvested options. The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding restricted stock units as of December 31, 2013 was $5.6 million, of which all were unvested. Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Dates Prior to our IPO, we were a private company with no active public market for our common stock. We have periodically determined for financial reporting purposes the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, “Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation,” or the Practice Aid. We performed these valuations as of January 1, July 1, October 1, 2012, and April 1, 2013. In conducting the valuations, we considered all objective and subjective factors that we believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including management’s estimate of our business condition, prospects, and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the valuations performed by our management, a range of factors, assumptions, and methodologies were used. The significant factors included: 72 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 Risk-free interest rate 1.0% - 1.7% 0.8% - 1.2% — 1.9% - 3.2% Expected term (years) 6.08 6.08 — 6.08 - 6.58 Expected volatility 52% 53% - 55% — 57% - 59% Dividend yield 0% 0% — 0% Weighted-average grant date fair value per share $7.71 $4.24 — 2.43% (cid:4) independent third-party valuations performed contemporaneously or shortly before the grant date, as applicable; (cid:4) the fact that we are a privately held technology company and our common stock is illiquid; Table of Contents The dates of our contemporaneous valuations have not always coincided with the dates of our stock-based compensation grants. In such instances, management’s estimates of the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant have been based on the most recent valuation of our shares of common stock and our assessment of additional objective and subjective factors we believed were relevant as of the grant date. The additional factors considered when determining any changes in fair value between the most recent valuation and the grant dates included our stage of development, our operating and financial performance, current business conditions, and the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies. There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in these contemporaneous valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an IPO or other liquidity event, and the determinations of the appropriate valuation methods. If we made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss, and net loss per common share could have been significantly different. Common Stock Valuation Methodology Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method We utilize the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, approach to allocate our equity value to our common shares. The PWERM approach employs various market, income or cost approach calculations depending on the likelihood of various liquidation scenarios. For each of the various scenarios, an equity value is estimated and the rights and preferences for each shareholder class are considered to allocate the equity value to common shares. The common share value is then multiplied by a discount factor reflecting the calculated discount rate and the timing of the event. Lastly, the common share value is multiplied by an estimated probability for each scenario. The probability and timing of each scenario are based on discussions between our board of directors and our management team. Under the PWERM, the value of our common stock is based on four possible future events for our company: When determining the value of any of these four possible outcomes, we use the market and income approaches to determine the equity value of our company. These valuation methodologies are described below. 73 (cid:4) the nature and history of our business; (cid:4) our historical financial performance; (cid:4) our discounted future cash flows, based on our projected operating results; (cid:4) valuations of comparable public companies; (cid:4) the potential impact on common stock of liquidation preference rights of redeemable convertible preferred stock under different valuation scenarios; (cid:4) general economic conditions and the specific outlook for our industry; (cid:4) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for shares of our common stock such as an IPO or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions, or remaining a private company; and (cid:4) the state of the IPO market for similarly situated privately held technology companies. (cid:4) an IPO; (cid:4) a strategic merger or sale; (cid:4) our remaining a private company; and (cid:4) the sale of our assets and the resulting dissolution of our company. Table of Contents Market Approach The market approach evaluates similar companies or transactions in the marketplace. When using the guideline company method of the market approach in determining the fair value of our common stock under the IPO scenario, we identified companies similar to our business who had recently completed IPOs and used these companies as guidelines to develop relevant market multiples and ratios. We then applied these market multiples and ratios to our financial forecasts to create an indication of total equity value. In selecting the guideline companies used in our analysis, we applied several criteria, including companies in the e-commerce platform industry, companies displaying economic and financial similarity to us in certain aspects of primary importance in the eyes of the investing public, and businesses that entail a similar degree of investment risk. When using the similar transaction methodology of the market approach in determining the fair value of our common stock under the strategic merger or sale scenario, we used publicly disclosed data from arm’s-length transactions involving similar companies to develop relationships or value measures between the prices paid for the target companies and the underlying financial performance of those companies. These value measures are then applied to our applicable operating data to create an indication of total equity value. We used the market approach as the valuation method of determining the fair value of our common stock under the IPO and strategic merger or sale scenarios for all independent valuations. For each of the independent valuations, we performed an assessment of publicly traded comparable companies, including companies that recently completed IPOs or were recently acquired, to ensure that we had a current representative sample of guideline companies upon which to base each valuation. Income Approach For the income approach, we used the discounted free cash flow method, which is based on the premise that equity value as of the respective valuation date is equal to the projected future free cash flows and expected terminal value of the business, discounted by a required rate of return that investors would demand given the risks of ownership and the risks associated with achieving the stream of projected future free cash flows. We used a combination of the market approach and the income approach in determining the fair value of our common stock under the remaining private scenario for each of our independent valuations. The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of common stock subject to stock options granted from January 1, 2012 through the September 17, 2013, as well as the associated per share exercise price and the final estimated fair value per share of our common stock on the grant date. We did not grant any stock options during the year ended December 31, 2011. 74 Grant Date Number of Shares Underlying Options Granted Exercise Price per Share Estimated Fair Value per Share January 31, 2012 201,844 $ 8.11 $ 6.80 April 9, 2012 10,000 $ 8.11 $ 6.80 July 1, 2012 12,115 $ 9.33 $ 8.79 October 1, 2012 368,500 $ 10.30 $ 9.88 April 1, 2013 5,000 $ 13.53 $ 13.53 May 8, 2013 137,000 $ 13.53 $ 13.53 August 5, 2013 30,000 $ 13.53 $ 20.30 Table of Contents For each of our new stock option grants during 2012, the exercise price exceeded the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In determining the fair value of our common stock on the grant dates, our board of directors placed significant emphasis on the contemporaneous valuations performed by an independent third party, which did not consider the impact of completion of our revenue recognition customer relationship change as the available data had not yet been fully analyzed as of the time of these original valuations. These original valuations were retroactively updated to reflect the Company’s completion of its final analysis of customer relationship data available as of each valuation date and the effect of such data on the revised projected operating results taking into account the impact of our change in estimated customer relationship period. Significant factors contributing to the determination of common stock fair value at the date of each grant were as follows: January and April 2012 Stock Option Grants. On January 31, 2012, our board of directors granted Mason Holland, our Executive Chairman of the Board, the authority to make grants of stock rights under our 2012 Stock Plan. Pursuant to this designated authority, Mr. Holland granted options to purchase 201,844 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $8.11 on January 31, 2012. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options, we reviewed and considered a contemporaneous independent valuation report for our common stock as of January 1, 2012. The retroactively updated independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $6.80 as of January 1, 2012. Three months later, on April 9, 2012, when our results were similar to prior months, Mr. Holland, pursuant to his designated authority from our board, granted options to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $8.11. Little had changed since the last stock option grant date and, although we finished the first quarter on plan, overall market conditions had not changed significantly. Therefore, we determined that the estimated fair value of common stock had not changed since the January 31, 2012 grants. The primary valuation considerations in the retroactively updated independent valuation report were: The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows: The 50% probability for an IPO scenario reflected our consideration of the improvement in the IPO market during the last half of 2011, particularly within the technology sector and for companies of similar size and scale to us. In addition, it reflected our belief that if a liquidity event were to occur within the next 18 months, the most likely outcome would be an IPO. July 2012 Stock Option Grants. Mr. Holland, pursuant to his designated authority from our board, granted options to purchase 12,115 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $9.33 on July 1, 2012. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options, we reviewed and considered a contemporaneous independent valuation report for our common stock as of July 1, 2012. The retroactively updated independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $8.79 as of July 1, 2012. 75 (cid:4) a discount rate of 22%, based on our estimated cost of capital; and (cid:4) a lack of marketability discount of 27%. Scenario Probability Valuation Method IPO 50 % Market Strategic merger or sale 30 % Market Remain private 15 % Market / Income Dissolution / technology sale 5 % N/A Table of Contents The primary valuation considerations were: The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows: The 50% probability for an IPO scenario reflected our consideration of the continued stability in the IPO market during the first half of 2012, particularly within the technology sector and for companies of similar size and scale to us. In addition, it reflected our belief that if a liquidity event were to occur within the next 15 months, the most likely outcome would be an IPO. The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $6.80 per share as of April 9, 2012 to $8.79 per share as of July 1, 2012 was primarily due to the following: October 2012 Stock Option Grants. Mr. Holland, pursuant to his designated authority from our board, granted options to purchase 368,500 shares of common stock on October 1, 2012 with an exercise price per share of $10.30. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of the grant date, the board reviewed and considered a contemporaneous independent valuation report for our common stock as of October 1, 2012. The retroactively updated independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $9.88 as of October 1, 2012. The primary valuation considerations were: 76 (cid:4) a discount rate of 22%, based on our estimated cost of capital; and (cid:4) a lack of marketability discount of 21%. Scenario Probability Valuation Method IPO 50 % Market Strategic merger or sale 30 % Market Remain private 15 % Market / Income Dissolution / technology sale 5 % N/A (cid:4) greater proximity of an anticipated IPO date; (cid:4) increased market valuations of the guideline companies used in determining total equity value; (cid:4) application of a higher revenue multiple used under the strategic merger scenario based on the then-current market conditions for our guideline companies to our trailing twelve-month revenue; (cid:4) our strong operating performance during the first half of 2012, primarily attributable to revenue growth from an increase in the number of customers using our cloud-based benefits software; and (cid:4) continued improvement in overall macroeconomic conditions. (cid:4) a discount rate of 20%, based on our estimated cost of capital; and (cid:4) a lack of marketability discount of 19%. Table of Contents The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows: The 50% probability for an IPO scenario reflected our consideration of the continued stability in the IPO market during the first three quarters of 2012, particularly within the technology sector and for companies of similar size and scale to us. In addition, it reflected our belief that if a liquidity event were to occur within the next three quarters, the most likely outcome would be an IPO. The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $8.79 per share as of July 1, 2012 to $9.88 per share as of October 1, 2012 was primarily due to the following: April and May Stock Option Grants. Mr. Holland, pursuant to his designated authority from our board, granted options to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $13.53 on April 1, 2013. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options, we reviewed and considered a contemporaneous independent valuation report for our common stock as of April 1, 2013. One month later, on May 8, 2013, when our results were similar to prior months, our board granted options to purchase 137,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $13.53. Overall market conditions had not changed significantly since the last stock option grant date. Therefore, we determined that the estimated fair value of common stock had not changed since the April 1, 2013 grant. The primary valuation considerations were: The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock as of April 1, 2013 were as follows: 77 Scenario Probability Valuation Method IPO 50 % Market Strategic merger or sale 30 % Market Remain private 15 % Market / Income Dissolution / technology sale 5 % N/A (cid:4) greater proximity of anticipated IPO date; (cid:4) increased market valuations of the guideline companies used in determining total equity value; (cid:4) our strong operating performance during the first three quarters of 2012, primarily attributable to revenue growth from an increase in the number of customers using our cloud-based benefits software; and (cid:4) continued improvement in overall macroeconomic conditions. (cid:4) a discount rate of 17%, based on our estimated cost of capital; and (cid:4) a lack of marketability discount of 11%. Scenario Probability Valuation Method IPO 60 % Market Strategic merger or sale 30 % Market Remain private 10 % Market / Income Table of Contents The 60% probability for an IPO scenario reflected our consideration of the continued stability in the IPO market during the fourth quarter of 2012 and the first quarter of 2013. In addition, it reflected our belief that if a liquidity event were to occur within the next three months, the most likely outcome would be an IPO. In the first quarter of 2013, we began to prepare for an initial public offering, including appointment of underwriters. The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $9.88 per share as of October 1, 2012 to $13.53 per share as of April 1, 2013 was primarily due to the following: As of the grant date, which is also the service inception dates, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the options granted on April 1, 2013 and May 8, 2013, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, was approximately $0.9 million. Stock-based compensation related to these options will be recognized over the requisite service period of four years and charged to operating expenses. August 2013 Stock Option Grant . On August 5, 2013, Mr. Holland, pursuant to his designated authority from our board, granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $13.53. At the time of this grant, we believed overall market conditions had not changed significantly since April 1, 2013, and we had not yet received our estimated IPO price range from the underwriters. Therefore, we initially determined that the estimated fair value of common stock had not changed since the April 1, 2013 grant. On August 20, 2013, the underwriters first communicated the anticipated price range of our IPO to us. Their analyses, which assumed the offering occurs and therefore did not include any discounting for illiquidity or IPO probability, derived a range of $21.50 to $24.50 per share. Our increased sales during the quarter ended June 30, 2013 influenced the increase in our valuation in a potential IPO. The underwriters also considered recent IPO’s and acquisitions of companies similar to us. These were the primary differences between the underwriters’ valuation and our prior April 1, 2013 independent valuation. In light of these factors, we determined the value of our common stock for financial accounting purposes as of the August 5, 2013 stock option grant date was $20.30 per share. This valuation was within 12% of the mid-point of our estimated offering price range. It included assumptions not considered by the underwriters, but that we believed were appropriate for financial statement reporting purposes. The principal of these different assumptions were: 78 (cid:4) greater proximity of an anticipated IPO date; (cid:4) greater probability of the IPO scenario, which would result in the highest return to investors; (cid:4) increased market valuations of the guideline companies used in determining total equity value; and (cid:4) application of a higher revenue multiple used under the strategic merger scenario based on the then-current market conditions for our guideline companies to our trailing twelve-month revenue. (cid:4) an IPO probability of 80%; (cid:4) a discount rate of 15%, based on our estimated cost of capital; and (cid:4) a lack of marketability discount of 9%. Table of Contents The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock as of August 5, 2013 were as follows: As a result, as of the grant date, which is also the service inception date for the optionee, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the option granted August 5, 2013, adjusted for forfeitures, was approximately $0.3 million. We expect to recognize stock-based compensation expense of approximately $21,750 on average per quarter over the requisite service, or vesting, period of four years. This non-cash expense was charged to operating expense beginning in the quarter ended September 30, 2013. Income Taxes We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We reduce the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that we will not realize some or all of the deferred tax asset. We account for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon technical merits, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. We recognize potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions within our global operations in income tax expense. Liquidity and Capital Resources Sources of Liquidity Prior to our IPO, we funded our operations primarily through cash from operating activities, bank and subordinated debt borrowings, and private placements of redeemable convertible preferred stock. From 2007 to 2010, we raised $135.5 million from the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock to third parties. During 2010 and 2011, we entered into various borrowing arrangements to finance purchases of computer equipment, other fixed assets, and software and leasehold improvements. These borrowing arrangements included $2.8 million from two promissory notes with NBSC, a division of Synovus Bank, which bore interest at fixed annual rates of 4.5% to 5.0% and were collateralized by certain specifically identified equipment. During 2012, we entered into a $6.0 million master credit facility with NBSC to finance purchases of fixed assets, software and leasehold improvements. Under the terms of the credit agreement, we were allowed to borrow from time to time an aggregate, non-revolving amount not to exceed $6.0 million until November 2014. We were allowed to prepay all or any portion of any note without penalty at any time. We made customary affirmative and negative covenants in connection with this credit 79 Scenario Probability Valuation Method IPO 80 % Market Strategic merger or sale 10 % Market Remain private 10 % Market / Income Table of Contents agreement. In the event of a default, including, among other things, our failure to pay any principal or interest payment when due or our uncured default in the performance or observance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement we were required to perform, the principal and interest on each outstanding note and all other amounts owed to NBSC would have become due and payable, and the credit agreement and our right to request advances under it would have terminated immediately. As of June 30, 2013, we were not in compliance with the net operating income covenant under the master credit facility, which allowed NBSC to declare all outstanding amounts due and terminate the facility. NBSC waived this covenant breach, as well as any future breaches of the net operating income covenant, through August 1, 2014. This waiver was binding and not subject to revocation by NBSC. On August 30, 2013, all amounts due under this credit facility were repaid and the facility was terminated when we transitioned to another bank. On August 27, 2013, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank to provide us a revolving line of credit of up to $35.0 million to be used for working capital, to refinance our indebtedness to NBSC, and to fund our general business requirements. On December 10, 2013, we entered into a second amended agreement with Silicon Valley Bank which provides that the increase in the amount available under the revolving line of credit from the initial limit of $15 million to $35 million, as a result of the closing of our IPO on September 23, 2013, will occur on the earlier of our request for such increase or August 27, 2014. All other terms of the loan and security agreement remain the same. Amounts borrowed under the line of credit are payable on the maturity date, which is August 27, 2016. Amounts borrowed may be repaid and re-borrowed prior to the maturity date. Amounts available under the line of credit are subject to a borrowing base limit which is a function of our monthly recurring revenue as adjusted to reflect lost customer revenue during the previous quarter. We can designate advances as LIBOR advances or prime rate advances. LIBOR advances bear interest at 2.75% plus the greater of 0.50% or current LIBOR for the applicable period, generally 30 days, adjusted for certain regulatory reserve requirements. The LIBOR rate is adjusted approximately monthly. Prime Rate advances bear interest at the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal. The interest rate on prime rate advances is adjusted on the effective date of a change in the prime rate. We made customary affirmative and negative covenants in connection with the loan and security agreement, including financial covenants related to liquidity and revenue growth. In the event of a default, including, among other things, our failure to pay any principal or interest payment when due or our uncured default of any term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement, Silicon Valley Bank may declare all obligations immediately due and stop advancing money or extending credit under the line of credit. We were in compliance with all covenants under this loan and security agreement, as amended, as of December 31, 2013. The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets, including any proceeds of intellectual property (but not the underlying intellectual property itself), and we have agreed not to encumber any of our intellectual property without Silicon Valley bank’s prior written consent. The collateral also excludes any equity interests. On August 30, 2013, we borrowed $5.8 million under this line of credit, which we used to repay all of the amounts outstanding under the two promissory notes and master credit facility with NBSC. In September 2013, we borrowed and repaid $5 million under this line of credit. The amount available to borrow under this line of credit was $9.2 million as of December 31, 2013. 80 Table of Contents The following table summarizes the outstanding principal balances of our lines of credit as of December 31, 2013: Initial Public Offering On September 23, 2013, we closed our IPO in which we sold 3,000,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $26.50 per share, resulting in net proceeds of $70.1 million. See Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional details regarding our IPO. Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe our future cash flows from operating activities and existing cash balances, which include the net proceeds from our IPO, will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. Going forward, we may access capital markets to raise additional equity financing for various business reasons, including required debt payments and acquisitions. The timing, term, size, and pricing of any such financing will depend on investor interest and market conditions, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain any such financing. Cash Flows Our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows (in thousands): Operating Activities For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash and cash equivalents used in operating activities of $1.1 million consisted of a net loss of $30.4 million partially offset by $19.4 million of cash provided by changes in working capital and $12.1 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $8.2 million, accrued interest on financing obligation of $1.8 million, non-cash stock compensation expense of $1.2 million, and a change in fair value and accretion of warrant of $0.9 million. The cash provided by changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in deferred revenue of $22.7 million, an increase in accrued compensation and benefits of $4.5 million, and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $3.5 million. The increase in deferred revenue was a result of contracts closed during the period with associated upfront fees, which will be recognized as revenue ratably over 81 Outstanding Principal Balance (in thousands) Revolving line of credit $ 5,757 Total $ 5,757 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Net cash flows provided by (used in): Operating activities $ 1,067 $ 12,408 $ 5,882 $ 7,185 Investing activities (22,077 ) (6,308 ) (5,747 ) (9,725 ) Financing activities 66,952 (2,253 ) (2,445 ) (5,319 ) Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents $ 45,942 $ 3,847 $ (2,310 ) $ (7,859 ) Table of Contents the customer relationship period beginning once the software services have commenced. The increase in accrued compensation and benefits resulted from normal fluctuation in payroll dates and an increase in the number of associates. The increase in accounts payable resulted from an increase in cost of revenue and operating expenses. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in operating cash flow due to a $10.3 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily attributable to the growth of our revenue and fees. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities of $12.4 million consisted of a net loss of $14.9 million, offset by $15.4 million of cash provided by changes in working capital and $11.8 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $8.6 million, accrued interest on financing obligation of $1.8 million, non-cash stock compensation expense of $0.7 million and the change in fair value of contingent consideration of $0.2 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in deferred revenue of $14.7 million and an increase in accrued compensation and benefits of $3.1 million as a result of increased headcount. The increase in deferred revenue was a result of contracts closed during the period with associated upfront fees, which will be recognized as revenue, ratably over the customer relationship period, beginning once the software services have commenced. In addition, we experienced an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.4 million, primarily driven by increased operating costs during the period. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in operating cash flow due to a $4.4 million increase in accounts receivable, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continue to expand our operations. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our net cash provided by operating activities of $5.9 million consisted of a net loss of $15.1 million, offset by $8.4 million of cash provided by changes in working capital and $12.5 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $7.3 million, accrued interest on financing obligation of $1.8 million, non-cash stock compensation expense of $0.7 million, the change in fair value of contingent consideration of $0.8 million and impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets of $1.7 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in deferred revenue of $9.8 million . The increase in deferred revenue was a result of contracts closed during the period with associated upfront fees, which will be recognized as revenue, ratably over the customer relationship period, beginning once the software services have commenced. These increases were partially offset by decreases in operating cash flow due to a $2.0 million increase in accounts receivable. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our net cash provided by operating activities of $7.2 million consisted of a net loss of $2.5 million and $0.4 million of cash used to fund changes in working capital, offset by $10.1 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $6.6 million, accrued interest on financing obligation of $1.8 million, non-cash stock compensation expense of $1.0 million and change in fair value of contingent consideration of $0.2 million. The decrease in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of a decrease in deferred revenue of $1.5 million and a $1.1 million increase in accounts receivable, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year. These decreases were partially offset by increases in operating cash flow due to a $1.5 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and a $0.5 million increase in accrued compensation and benefits resulting from an increase in the number of associates. 82 Table of Contents Investing Activities Net cash used in investing activities totaled $22.1 million for 2013. We purchased corporate bonds in the amount of $13.2 million. In addition, we spent $8.9 million to purchase property and equipment. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, net cash used in investing activities was $6.3 million, $5.7 million, and $9.7 million, respectively, for the purchase of property and equipment. Financing Activities Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $67.0 million for 2013, which resulted primarily from $70.1 million in proceeds from our IPO, net of issuance costs, $12.2 million in proceeds from line of credit and notes payable borrowings, partially offset by $15.8 million in repayments of notes payable, line of credit, and financing and capital lease obligations and $0.3 million in payments of contingent consideration. For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in financing activities was $2.3 million, consisting of $4.2 million in repayments of debt and financing and capital lease obligations, $0.6 million in repurchases of our common stock and $2.1 million in payments of contingent consideration related to an acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2010. These amounts were partially offset by $4.5 million in proceeds from notes payable borrowing and $0.1 million in cash received upon the exercise of stock options. For the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash used in financing activities was $2.4 million, consisting of $3.8 million in repayments of debt and financing and capital lease obligations and $0.8 million in repurchases of our common stock, partially offset by $2.0 million in proceeds from notes payable borrowing and $0.1 million in cash received upon the exercise of stock options. For the year ended December 31, 2010, net cash used in financing activities was $5.3 million, consisting of $5.7 million in repayments of debt and financing and capital lease obligations, partially offset by $0.8 million in proceeds from notes payable borrowing. Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents balances and cash generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least the next 12 months, including expected capital expenditure requirements of approximately $12 million to $15 million. If our available cash and cash equivalents balances are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell equity or convertible debt securities or enter into an additional credit facility. The sale of equity and convertible debt securities may result in dilution to our stockholders and those securities may have rights senior to those of our common shares. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of convertible debt securities, these securities could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. We may require additional capital beyond our currently anticipated amounts. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all. 83 Table of Contents Contractual Obligations and Commitments Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our outstanding debt facilities, non-cancelable leases for our office space and computer equipment and purchase commitments for our co-location and other support services. The following table summarizes these contractual obligations at December 31, 2013. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates. In February 2013, we entered into an amendment to an existing lease agreement to lease additional office space. The collective minimum lease payments under the amendment are $9.9 million. We also entered into a capital lease of fixed assets with total collective future minimum lease payments of $1.1 million. In March 2013 and June 2013, we borrowed $0.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively, under the NBSC master credit facility. In August 2013, we borrowed $5.8 million under a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank described above, and paid off the NBSC master credit facility and the two outstanding promissory notes with NBSC. In September 2013, we borrowed an additional $5.0 million under the loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank for general working capital purposes. On December 13, 2013, we entered into a 15 year build-to-suit lease for additional office space at our Charleston, South Carolina campus. The estimated rentable area of the building to be constructed is approximately 145,000 square feet and the target commencement date is January 1, 2015. Estimated future minimum under the arrangement payments totaling $81.5 million are not included in the contractual obligations table above. Under this lease agreement we executed an option to lease two additional adjacent buildings. The annual cost of the option is $466,000 per year for term of the option which is three years. Additionally, we may incur a termination fee if we terminate the option or let the option expire. The termination fee of $0.8 million will be prorated through the date of termination or expiration. As of December 31, 2013 we recognized liability related to the option in the amount of $23,000. No amounts have been recognized related the to the termination fee. However, if we had terminated the option on December 31, 2013, we would have incurred expense in the amount of $75,000. 84 Contractual Obligations Payment due by period Total Less than 1 year 1-3 years 3-5 years More than 5 years (in thousands) Long-term debt—Revolving line of credit (1) $ 5,757 $ — $ 5,757 $ — $ — Operating lease obligations (2) 31,204 3,108 5,686 5,682 16,728 Capital lease obligations (2) 5,689 2,728 2,938 23 — Financing obligations (2) 20,986 3,578 6,318 4,202 6,888 Purchase commitments 3,659 1,232 2,373 54 — Total $ 67,295 $ 10,646 $ 23,072 $ 9,961 $ 23,616 (1) Repayment of the revolving line of credit is due at end of the term in 2016. Early repayment is allowed. Interest is paid monthly. (2) Excludes estimated future minimum payments totaling $81.5 million for office space that was under construction as of December 31, 2013. The timing of the payments is dependent upon the date of occupancy which is estimated to be January 1, 2015. A delay in occupancy would delay the timing of the payments under the lease, but not the total payment amount. Table of Contents Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements As of December 31, 2013, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities other than as disclosed in Note 16 for which we are not the primary beneficiary of, nor do we have a controlling financial interest in, any variable interest entity. Accordingly, we have not consolidated any variable interest entity. Recent Accounting Pronouncements In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2012-08, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350); Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment”, which is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of performing an impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets by providing entities an option to perform a “qualitative” assessment to determine whether further implementation testing is necessary. Our adoption of this statement, effective January 1, 2013, did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statements. In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”, which requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, ASU 2013-02 requires presentation, either on the face of the income statement or in the notes, of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by respective line items of net income, but only if the amounts reclassified are required to be reclassified in their entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about these amounts. We prospectively adopted ASU 2013-02 effective January 1, 2013. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statement presentation. We are evaluating other accounting standards and exposure drafts that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date to determine whether adoption will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risk Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument might change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we might enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below. Interest Rate Risk We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank, which was entered into in August 2013, bear interest at rates that are variable. Increases in the LIBOR or Prime Rate would increase the amount of interest payable under this line of credit. Borrowings outstanding under our previous credit arrangements were not subject to interest rate risk because they bore interest at fixed rates. 85 Table of Contents Interest Rate Sensitivity We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under our revolving line of credit, which are subject to a variable interest rate. At December 31, 2013, we had borrowings under our revolving line of credit of $5.8 million. As a result, each change of one percentage point in interest rates would result in an approximate $58,000 change in our annual interest expense on our outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2013. Any debt we incur in the future may also bear interest at variable rates. Inflation Risk We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data The information required by this Item is set forth in the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto beginning at page F-1 of this Report. 86 Table of Contents Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures None. Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, and our Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this report. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs. Our management has concluded that the material weakness that arose in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 with respect to our accounting for certain deferred revenue balances and the related revenue recognition was remediated at December 31, 2013. In the first quarter of 2014, we identified a separate material weakness in internal controls over the accounting for leasing transactions which resulted in the identification of a material error in the accounting for our headquarters lease executed in May 2005. This material error resulted from our incorrect interpretation of standards under ASC 840, Leases, related to this build-to-suit lease where we, as the lessee, were involved in asset construction. As a result, we previously incorrectly accounted for the lease as an operating lease rather than a financing obligation. To correct the error, we have included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K restated consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. Based on their evaluation and in light of the material weakness in the accounting for leasing transactions, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at a reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2013. Remediation Efforts to Address Material Weakness Our management is in the process of remediating the material weakness in accounting for leasing transactions, which included a review of all of our leases to identify and correct instances where we were not complying with generally accepted accounting principles with regard to lease accounting. In addition, we are developing updated procedures to reflect the technical guidance for lease accounting and have engaged external technical resources to assist with the proper implementation of accounting standards for leases going forward. In the opinion of our President and Chief Executive Officer, and our Chief Financial Officer, these planned steps will remediate the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting with respect to lease accounting and the ineffectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. However, no assurances that our remediation is effective can be made until the remedial controls operate for a period of time. We expect to have the material weakness remediated by mid-2014. 87 Table of Contents Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, and our Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2013. Based on that evaluation, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that, except as otherwise discussed above, there was no material change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 that materially affected, or was reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Item 9B. Other Information None. 88 Table of Contents PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Information required by this Item concerning our directors is incorporated by reference from the sections captioned “Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance Matters” contained in our proxy statement related to the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders currently scheduled to be held on June 7, 2014 which we intend to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the end of our fiscal year pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K. Our board of directors has determined that of the members of the Audit Committee, Messrs. Pelzer and Swad (and not Mr. Holland) are independent within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules and meet the additional test for independence for audit committee members imposed by Securities and Exchange Commission regulation and the NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules. Our board has also determined that the Mr. Pelzer is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K. We have adopted a code of ethics relating to the conduct of our business by all of our employees, officers, and directors, as well as a code of conduct specifically for our principal executive officer and senior financial officers. Each of these policies is posted on our website, www.benefitfocus.com . The information required by this Item concerning our executive officers is set forth at the end of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information required by this Item concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is incorporated by reference from the section of the proxy statement captioned “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”. Item 11. Executive Compensation The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the sections captioned “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in the proxy statement. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters The following table sets forth the indicated information as of December 31, 2013 with respect to our equity compensation plans: 89 Plan Category Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans Equity compensation plans approved by security holders 2012 Stock Plan, as amended 850,159 $ 9.21 2,578,314 Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan 2,806,336 $ 5.54 — Total 3,656,495 $ 6.40 2,578,314 Table of Contents Our equity compensation plans consist of the 2012 Stock Plan, as amended and the Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan, which were approved by our stockholders. We do not have any equity compensation plans or arrangements that have not been approved by our stockholders. The other information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” contained in the proxy statement. Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the section captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance Matters” in the proxy statement. Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the section captioned “Audit Committee Report” in the proxy statement. 90 Table of Contents PART IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Schedules (a) 1. Financial Statements. The following statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto. (b) Exhibits. 91 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 F-3 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended F-4 December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 F-5 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended F-6 December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 F-7 2. Financial Statement Schedules. Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts F-31 Exhibit Number Incorporated by Reference (Unless Otherwise Indicated) Exhibit Title Form File Exhibit Filing Date 2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 29, 2013 by and among Benefitfocus.com, Inc., Benefitfocus, Inc., and Benefitfocus Mergeco, Inc. S-1/A 333-190610 2.1 September 5, 2013 3.1.3 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Benefitfocus, Inc. 10-Q — 3.1.3 November 12, 2013 3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of Benefitfocus, Inc. S-1/A 333-190610 3.2 September 5, 2013 4.1 Specimen Certificate for Common Stock. S-1/A 333-190610 4.1 September 5, 2013 4.3 Form of Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated , 2013, by and among Benefitfocus, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein. S-1/A 333-190610 4.3 September 16, 2013 4.5 Warrant for the Purchase of Shares of Common Stock of Benefitfocus.com, Inc. issued November 23, 2009. S-1 333-190610 4.5 August 14, 2013 10.2 Form of Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated , 2013, by and among Benefitfocus, Inc., and certain stockholders named therein. S-1/A 333-190610 10.2 September 5, 2013 10.3 Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan.# S-1 333-190610 10.3 August 14, 2013 10.4 2012 Stock Plan, as amended.# S-1/A 333-190610 10.4 September 5, 2013 Table of Contents 92 Exhibit Number Incorporated by Reference (Unless Otherwise Indicated) Exhibit Title Form File Exhibit Filing Date 10.5 Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan.# S-1 333-190610 10.5 August 14, 2013 10.6 Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the 2012 Stock Plan, as amended.# S-1 333-190610 10.6 August 14, 2013 10.7 Form of Management Incentive Bonus Program.# S-1 333-190610 10.7 August 14, 2013 10.8 Employment Agreement, dated January 19, 2007, by and between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and Mason R. Holland, Jr.# S-1 333-190610 10.8 August 14, 2013 10.9 Employment Agreement, dated January 19, 2007, by and between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and Shawn A. Jenkins.# S-1 333-190610 10.9 August 14, 2013 10.10 Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 2011, by and between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and Milton A. Alpern.# S-1 333-190610 10.10 August 14, 2013 10.11 Form of Employment Agreement.# S-1 333-190610 10.11 August 14, 2013 10.12 Form of Indemnification Agreement.# S-1 333-190610 10.12 August 14, 2013 10.13 Lease between Daniel Island Executive Center, LLC and Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of January 1, 2009, as amended. S-1 333-190610 10.13 August 14, 2013 10.14 Lease between Daniel Island Executive Center, LLC and Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of May 31, 2005. S-1 333-190610 10.14 August 14, 2013 10.15 Master Business Agreement between Aetna Life Insurance Company and Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of November 28, 2006.† S-1 333-190610 10.15 August 14, 2013 10.16 Master Guidance Line of Credit Agreement between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and NBSC, a division of Synovus Bank, dated as of November 21, 2012 and the form of the Security Agreement and Promissory Notes thereunder.† S-1 333-190610 10.16 August 14, 2013 10.17 Loan and Security Agreement between Silicon Valley Bank, Benefitfocus.com, Inc., Benefit Informatics, Inc., and Benefitfocus, Inc., dated as of August 27, 2013. S-1/A 333-190610 10.17 September 5, 2013 Table of Contents 93 Exhibit Number Incorporated by Reference (Unless Otherwise Indicated) Exhibit Title Form File Exhibit Filing Date 10.18 Second Amendment Agreement between Silicon Valley Bank, Benefitfocus.com, Benefit Informatics, Inc., and Benefitfocus, Inc., dated December 10, 2013. 8-K — 10.18 December 12, 2013 10.19 Lease between DIEC II, LLC and Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of December 13, 2013. — — — Filed herewith 21.1 List of Subsidiaries of Registrant. — — — Filed herewith 23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. — — — Filed herewith 31.1 Certification of the President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. — — — Filed herewith 31.2 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. — — — Filed herewith 32.1 Certification of the President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. — — — Filed herewith 101.INS* XBRL Instance Document. — — — Furnished herewith 101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. — — — Furnished herewith 101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. — — — Furnished herewith 101.DEF* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. — — — Furnished herewith 101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. — — — Furnished herewith 101.PRE* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. — — — Furnished herewith # Management contract or compensatory plan. † The registrant has received confidential treatment with respect to portions of this exhibit. Those portions have been omitted from the exhibit and filed separately with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. * In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL-related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Exchange Act, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections. Table of Contents SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 94 Benefitfocus, Inc. Date: March 20, 2014 By: /s/ Milton A. Alpern Milton A. Alpern Chief Financial Officer Signature Capacity Date /s/ Mason R. Holland, Jr. Mason R. Holland, Jr. Chairman of the Board of Directors March 20, 2014 /s/ Shawn A. Jenkins Shawn A. Jenkins President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Director March 20, 2014 /s/ Milton A. Alpern Milton A. Alpern Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer) March 20, 2014 /s/ Joseph P. DiSabato Joseph P. DiSabato Director March 20, 2014 /s/ Ann H. Lamont Ann H. Lamont Director March 20, 2014 /s/ Francis J. Pelzer V Francis J. Pelzer V Director March 20, 2014 /s/ Stephen M. Swad Stephen M. Swad Director March 20, 2014 /s/ Raheel Zia Raheel Zia Director March 20, 2014 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1 AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 F-3 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 F-4 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 F-5 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 F-6 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-7 CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts F-37 Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm The Board of Directors and Stockholders Benefitfocus, Inc. We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Benefitfocus, Inc. as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the four years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Benefitfocus, Inc. at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the four years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein. As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 have been restated to correct for errors in the Company’s accounting for a certain lease arrangement. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Raleigh, North Carolina March 20, 2014 F-2 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share and per share data) The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. F-3 As of December 31, 2013 2012 2011 Assets (Restated) (Restated) Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents $ 65,645 $ 19,703 $ 15,856 Marketable securities 13,168 — — Accounts receivable, net 23,668 13,372 9,060 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 4,322 1,482 2,092 Total current assets 106,803 34,557 27,008 Property and equipment, net 27,444 20,456 22,287 Intangible assets, net 1,256 1,579 1,913 Goodwill 1,634 1,634 1,634 Other non-current assets 2,474 — — Total assets $ 139,611 $ 58,226 $ 52,842 Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) Current liabilities: Accounts payable $ 4,354 $ 1,726 $ 853 Accrued expenses 3,911 2,453 1,921 Accrued compensation and benefits 14,183 9,661 6,559 Deferred revenue, current portion 15,158 11,165 8,476 Financing and capital lease obligations, current portion 4,288 1,228 1,383 Notes payable, current portion — 2,420 1,074 Contingent consideration related to acquisition, current portion — 328 2,349 Total current liabilities 41,894 28,981 22,615 Deferred revenue, net of current portion 65,063 46,355 34,297 Revolving line of credit 5,757 — — Financing and capital lease obligations, net of current portion 14,263 9,589 10,683 Notes payable, net of current portion — 3,561 1,447 Other non-current liabilities 1,202 871 767 Total liabilities 128,179 89,357 69,809 Commitments and contingencies Redeemable convertible preferred stock: Convertible Series A preferred stock, no par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013; 14,055,851 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011 — 105,505 105,505 Convertible Series B preferred stock, no par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013; 2,441,009 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, at December 31, 2012 and 2011 — 29,973 29,973 Total redeemable convertible preferred stock — 135,478 135,478 Stockholders’ equity (deficit): Preferred stock, par value $0.001, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 — — — Common stock, no par value, no shares authorized issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 20,125,063 shares issued and 4,792,347 and 4,805,957 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively — 6,109 — Common stock, par value $0.001, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 24,495,651 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively 24 — 4,923 Additional paid-in capital 214,487 — — Accumulated deficit (203,079 ) (172,718 ) (157,368 ) Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) 11,432 (166,609 ) (152,445 ) Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) $ 139,611 $ 58,226 $ 52,842 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (in thousands, except share and per share data) The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. F-4 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Revenue $ 104,752 $ 81,739 $ 68,783 $ 67,122 Cost of revenue 62,411 44,400 42,133 38,870 Gross profit 42,341 37,339 26,650 28,252 Operating expenses: Sales and marketing 36,072 27,905 22,553 14,174 Research and development 23,532 14,621 9,120 8,650 General and administrative 10,974 7,494 5,821 6,038 Impairment of goodwill – – 1,670 – Change in fair value of contingent consideration (43 ) 121 503 – Total operating expenses 70,535 50,141 39,667 28,862 Loss from operations (28,194 ) (12,802 ) (13,017 ) (610 ) Other income (expense): Interest income 46 53 151 364 Interest expense (2,149 ) (1,976 ) (1,974 ) (1,970 ) Other expense (95 ) (64 ) (189 ) (249 ) Total other expense, net (2,198 ) (1,987 ) (2,012 ) (1,855 ) Loss before income taxes (30,392 ) (14,789 ) (15,029 ) (2,465 ) Income tax (benefit) expense (31 ) 84 35 10 Net loss $ (30,361 ) $ (14,873 ) $ (15,064 ) $ (2,475 ) Comprehensive loss $ (30,361 ) $ (14,873 ) $ (15,064 ) $ (2,475 ) Net loss per common share: Basic and diluted $ (2.99 ) $ (3.09 ) $ (3.09 ) $ (0.39 ) Weighted-average common shares outstanding: Basic and diluted 10,144,243 4,812,632 4,875,157 6,405,944 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) (in thousands, except share data) The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. F-5 Common Stock, No Par Value Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value Additional Paid-in Capital Accumulated Deficit Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) Shares Amount Shares Par Value Balance, December 31, 2009 (as previously reported) 7,232,215 $ 2,748 — $ — $ — $ (107,765 ) $ (105,017 ) Restatement adjustments — — — — — (974 ) (974 ) Balance, December 31, 2009 (Restated) 7,232,215 $ 2,748 — — — $ (108,739 ) $ (105,991 ) Exercise of stock options 202,330 516 — — — 516 Repurchase of common stock including common stock related to issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (2,599,625 ) (527 ) — — — (30,433 ) (30,960 ) Stock-based compensation expense — 1,035 — — — 1,035 Accretion of warrant — 306 — — — 306 Net loss (Restated) — — — — — (2,475 ) (2,475 ) Balance, December 31, 2010 (Restated) 4,834,920 4,078 — — — (141,647 ) (137,569 ) Exercise of stock options 77,712 140 — — — — 140 Repurchase of common stock (106,675 ) (157 ) — — — (657 ) (814 ) Stock-based compensation expense — 721 — — — — 721 Accretion of customer warrant — 141 — — — — 141 Net loss (Restated) — — — — — (15,064 ) (15,064 ) Balance, December 31, 2011 (Restated) 4,805,957 $ 4,923 $ (157,368 ) $ (152,445 ) Exercise of stock options 50,410 108 — — — — 108 Repurchase of common stock (64,020 ) (122 ) — — — (477 ) (599 ) Stock-based compensation expense — 712 — — — — 712 Accretion of customer warrant — 488 — — — — 488 Net loss (Restated) — — — — — (14,873 ) (14,873 ) Balance, December 31, 2012 (Restated) 4,792,347 $ 6,109 — $ — $ — $ (172,718 ) $ (166,609 ) Exercise of stock options 71,694 168 129,750 — 531 — 699 Issuance of common stock 5,000 68 — — — — 68 Effects of corporate restructuring (4,869,041 ) (7,328 ) 4,869,041 5 7,323 — — Initial public offering, net of issuance costs — — 3,000,000 3 70,061 — 70,064 Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock — — 16,496,860 16 135,461 — 135,477 Stock-based compensation expense — 537 — — 665 — 1,202 Accretion of customer warrant — 446 — — 446 — 892 Net loss — — — — — (30,361 ) (30,361 ) Balance, December 31, 2013 — $ — 24,495,651 $ 24 $ 214,487 $ (203,079 ) $ 11,432 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. F-6 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Cash flows from operating activities Net loss $ (30,361 ) $ (14,873 ) $ (15,064 ) $ (2,475 ) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 8,172 8,560 7,306 6,609 Stock-based compensation expense 1,202 712 721 1,035 Change in fair value and accretion of warrant 892 488 141 306 Interest accrual on financing obligation 1,768 1,774 1,771 1,759 Change in fair value of contingent consideration (17 ) 188 842 246 Impairment of goodwill — — 1,670 — Impairment of intangible assets — — 54 — Provision for doubtful accounts (32 ) 98 136 130 Loss on disposal of property and equipment 65 17 (124 ) 9 Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable, net (10,264 ) (4,411 ) (2,029 ) (1,141 ) Prepaid expenses and other current assets (1,440 ) 639 11 (94 ) Accounts payable 2,625 862 (304 ) 98 Accrued expenses 904 532 (78 ) 1,450 Accrued compensation and benefits 4,521 3,102 867 541 Contingent consideration related to acquisition — (320 ) — — Deferred revenue 22,701 14,747 9,821 (1,458 ) Other non-current liabilities 331 293 141 170 Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities 1,067 12,408 5,882 7,185 Cash flows from investing activities Purchases of short-term investments held to maturity (13,168 ) — — — Purchases of property and equipment (8,918 ) (6,308 ) (5,747 ) (3,336 ) Payments for acquisition, net of cash acquired — — — (6,395 ) Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 9 — — 6 Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities (22,077 ) (6,308 ) (5,747 ) (9,725 ) Cash flows from financing activities Proceeds from initial public offering, net of issuance costs 70,064 — — — Proceeds from sale of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs — — — 29,973 Draws on revolving line of credit 10,757 — — — Payments on revolving line of credit (5,000 ) — — — Proceeds from notes payable borrowing 1,465 4,535 2,020 816 Repayment of notes payable (7,447 ) (1,074 ) (981 ) (2,012 ) Proceeds from exercises of stock options 699 108 140 516 Proceeds from issuance of common stock (excluding IPO) 68 — — — Repurchases of common stock — (599 ) (814 ) (30,960 ) Payments of contingent consideration (311 ) (2,078 ) — — Payments on financing and capital lease obligations (3,343 ) (3,145 ) (2,810 ) (3,652 ) Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) financing activities 66,952 (2,253 ) (2,445 ) (5,319 ) Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 45,942 3,847 (2,310 ) (7,859 ) Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 19,703 15,856 18,166 26,025 Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $ 65,645 $ 19,703 $ 15,856 $ 18,166 Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities Non-monetary exchange of property and equipment $ — $ — $ 1,010 $ — Property and equipment acquisitions in accrued expenses $ 524 $ — $ — $ — Post contract support acquired with financing obligations $ 3,872 — — — Property and equipment acquired with financing obligations or leases $ 5,440 $ 132 $ 3,084 $ 1,178 Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information Income taxes paid $ 169 $ 40 $ 51 $ 44 Interest paid $ 2,146 $ 1,973 $ 1,927 $ 2,097 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 1. Organization and Description of Business Benefitfocus, Inc. (the “Company”) is a leading provider of cloud-based benefits software solutions for consumers, employers, insurance carriers and brokers delivered under a software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) model. The financial statements of the Company include the financial position and operations of its wholly owned subsidiaries, Benefitfocus.com, Inc., Benefit Informatics, Inc. and BenefitStore, Inc. Corporate restructuring The Company, a Delaware corporation, was originally a wholly owned subsidiary of Benefitfocus.com, Inc., the South Carolina corporation that conducts the business of the Company. On March 13, 2013, the board of directors of each of Benefitfocus, Inc. and Benefitfocus.com, Inc. approved a corporate restructuring to be effected prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) of shares of its common stock. On September 13, 2013, the Company restructured its organization by merging Benefitfocus.com, Inc. with a newly formed South Carolina corporation, which was a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. As a result of the corporate restructuring, Benefitfocus.com, Inc. became a wholly owned operating subsidiary of the Company. Additionally, the common and preferred stockholders of Benefitfocus.com, Inc. became common and preferred stockholders, respectively, of Benefitfocus, Inc. and warrants that were exercisable for common shares of Benefitfocus.com, Inc. became exercisable for common shares of Benefitfocus, Inc. Similarly, holders of options to purchase common shares of Benefitfocus.com, Inc. became holders of options to purchase shares of common stock of Benefitfocus, Inc. Initial Public Offering In September 2013, the Company completed its IPO in which it issued and sold 3,000,000 shares of common stock and existing shareholders sold 2,675,250 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $26.50 per share. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the existing shareholders. The Company received net proceeds of $70,064 after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $5,565 and other offering expenses of $3,871. Upon the closing of the IPO, all shares of the Company’s then-outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 16,496,860 shares of its $0.001 par value common stock. 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Principles of Consolidation These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. We are not the primary beneficiary of, nor do we have a controlling financial interest in, any variable interest entity. Accordingly, we have not consolidated any variable interest entity. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates include revenue recognition and the customer relationship period, allowances for doubtful accounts and returns, valuations of deferred income taxes, long-lived F-7 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) assets, warrants, the useful lives of assets, capitalizable software development costs and the related amortization, contingent consideration, stock-based compensation, and the recognition and impairment assessment of acquired intangibles and goodwill. Determination of these transactions and account balances are based on the Company’s estimates and judgments. These estimates are based on the Company’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future as well as on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Revenue and Deferred Revenue The Company derives the majority of its revenue from software services fees, which consist primarily of monthly subscription fees paid by customers for access to and usage of the Company’s cloud-based benefits software solutions for a specified contract term. The Company also derives revenue from professional services which primarily include fees related to the integration of customers’ systems with the Company’s platform, which typically includes discovery, configuration, deployment, testing, and training. The Company recognizes revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the service has been provided, the fees to be paid by the customer are fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company considers delivery of its cloud-based software services has commenced once it has granted the customer access to its platform. The Company’s arrangements generally contain multiple elements comprised of software services and professional services. The Company evaluates each element in an arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within the Company’s control. The Company’s professional services are not sold separately from the software services and there is no alternative use for them. As such, the Company has determined that the professional services do not have standalone value. Accordingly, software services and professional services are combined and recognized as a single unit of accounting. The Company generally recognizes software services fees monthly based on the number of employees covered by the relevant benefits plans at contracted rates for a specified period of time, once the criteria for revenue recognition described above have been satisfied. The Company defers recognition of revenue for professional services fees and begins recognizing such revenue once the services are performed and the related software services have commenced, ratably over the longer of the contract term or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship. Costs incurred by the Company in connection with providing such professional services are charged to expense as incurred and are included in “Cost of revenue.” In the first quarter of 2011, the Company increased the estimated expected life of its customer relationships. This change in estimate was a result of growing demand for the Company’s software services, reduced uncertainties in the regulatory environment, and increased confidence in customer retention. This change extends the term over which deferred revenue will be recognized and has been applied prospectively. Cost of Revenue Cost of revenue primarily consists of employee compensation, professional services, data center co-location costs, networking expenses, depreciation expense for computer equipment directly F-8 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) associated with generating revenue, amortization expense for capitalized software development costs, and infrastructure maintenance costs. In addition, the Company allocates a portion of overhead, such as rent, additional depreciation and amortization expense, and employee benefit costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank checking accounts and money market accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Marketable Securities Marketable securities consist of short-term investments in corporate securities. The Company classifies its marketable securities as held-to-maturity at the time of purchase. As a result, the marketable securities are recorded at amortized cost and any gains or losses realized upon maturity are reported in other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Concentrations of Credit Risk The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and accounts receivable. All of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The bank deposits of the Company might, at times, exceed federally insured limits and are generally uninsured and uncollateralized. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash and cash equivalents to date. To manage accounts receivable risk, the Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable were unsecured and were derived from revenue earned from customers located in the United States. Accounts receivable from one customer, Aetna, represented 11.3% and 18.2% of the total accounts receivable at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. No customer represented more than 10% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. Revenue from a customer, Aetna, represented 10.5%, 11.7% and 11.6% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Revenue from two affiliated customers, BlueCross BlueShield of South Carolina and BlueChoice HealthPlan, represented 11.1% and 11.9% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Revenue from these customers is reported in the Company’s Carrier segment. Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Returns Accounts receivable is stated at realizable value, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and returns. The Company utilizes the allowance method to provide for doubtful accounts based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of amounts due, and other relevant factors. Bad debt expense is recorded in general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company’s estimate is based on historical collection experience and a review of the current status of accounts receivable. Historically, actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have not significantly differed from the Company’s estimates. The Company F-9 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) removes recorded receivables and the associated allowances when they are deemed permanently uncollectible. However, higher than expected bad debts may result in future write-offs that are greater than the Company’s estimates. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $10, $130 and $103 as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The allowances for returns are accounted for as reductions of revenue and are estimated based on the Company’s periodic assessment of historical experience and trends. The Company considers factors such as the time lag since the initiation of revenue recognition, historical reasons for adjustments, new customer volume, complexity of billing arrangements, timing of software availability, and past due customer billings. The allowance for returns was $800, $770 and $254 as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Property and Equipment Property and equipment, including capitalized software development costs, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation and amortization is recognized over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are generally as follows: Useful lives of significant assets are periodically reviewed and adjusted prospectively to reflect the Company’s current estimates of the respective assets’ expected utility. Costs associated with maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. In the event the Company has been deemed the owner for accounting purposes of construction projects in build-to-suit lease arrangements, the estimated construction costs incurred to date are recorded as assets in Property and Equipment, net. Upon occupancy of facilities under build-to-suit leases, the Company assesses whether arrangements qualify for sales recognition under the sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If the Company continues to be the deemed owner for accounting purposes, the cost of the building is depreciated over its estimated useful life. Capitalized Software Development Costs The Company capitalizes certain costs related to its software developed or obtained for internal use. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post-implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal and external costs incurred during the application development stage, including F-10 Computers and related equipment 3-7 years Furniture and fixtures 7 years Other equipment 5-12 years Purchased software and licenses 3-7 years Software developed 3 years Vehicles 5 years Buildings 30 years Leasehold improvements Lesser of estimated useful life of asset or lease term Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) upgrades and enhancements representing modifications that will result in significant additional functionality, are capitalized. Software maintenance and training costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs are recorded as part of property and equipment and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the software’s estimated useful life. The Company evaluates these assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. Identifiable Intangible Assets Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives, which is the period over which the asset is expected to contribute directly or indirectly to future cash flows. The estimated remaining useful lives used in computing amortization range from 2 to 5 years. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill The Company reviews long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be recognized, if any, is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value (discounted cash flow) of the assets or asset group. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized; rather, goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level as of October 31 of each year, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. The Company performs a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value before performing a two-step approach to testing goodwill for impairment for each reporting unit. The reporting units are determined by the components of the Company’s operating segments that constitute a business for which both (1) discrete financial information is available and (2) segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. The Company performs the impairment test at least annually by applying a fair-value-based test. The first step measures for impairment by applying fair-value-based tests at the reporting unit level. The second step (if necessary) measures the amount of impairment by applying fair-value-based tests to the individual assets and liabilities within each reporting unit. As part of determining its reporting units, the Company has identified two operating segments, Employer and Carrier. Further, the Company has identified that the Employer operating segment contains a component, Benefit Informatics. Prior to 2013 Benefit Informatics was a reporting unit that was part of the Employer operating segment. Starting in 2013, Benefit Informatics no longer had discreet financial information. To determine the fair value of the Company’s reporting units, the Company primarily uses a discounted cash flow analysis, which requires significant assumptions and estimates about future operations. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis include the determination of an appropriate discount rate, estimated terminal value and the amount and timing of F-11 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) expected future cash flows. The Company may also determine fair value of its reporting units using a market approach by applying multiples of earnings of peer companies to its operating results. Financing Obligations In its build-to-suit lease arrangements where the Company is involved in the construction of its buildings, the Company is deemed the owner for accounting purposes during the construction period. The Company records an asset for the amount of the total project costs in Property and Equipment, net and the related financing obligation in Financing and Capital Obligations on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Once construction is complete, the Company determines if the asset qualifies for sale-leaseback accounting treatment. If the arrangement does not qualify for sale-lease back treatment, the Company continues to reduce the obligation over the lease term as payments are made and depreciates the asset over its useful life. The Company does not report rent expense for the portion of the rent payment determined to be related to the assets which are owned for accounting purposes. Rather, this portion of the rent payment under the lease is recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and as interest expense. Financing obligations also include liabilities for service agreements related to property and equipment under capital leases. Sales Commissions Sales commissions are expensed when the sales contract is executed by the customer. Advertising The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. Direct advertising costs for 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were $265, $257, $138, and $172 respectively. Comprehensive Loss The Company’s net loss equals comprehensive loss for all periods presented. Stock-Based Employee Compensation Stock-based employee compensation is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss over the period during which the optionholder is required to perform services in exchange for the award, which is the vesting period. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the applicable award using the straight-line method. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating the fair value of stock options. The use of the option valuation model requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock in the periods preceding the IPO, the expected life of the option and the expected stock price volatility based on peer companies. Additionally, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense requires the estimation of the number of options that will ultimately vest and the number of options that will ultimately be forfeited. F-12 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) Income Taxes The Company uses the asset and liability method for income tax accounting. This method requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount the Company believes is more likely than not to be realized. The tax benefits of uncertain tax positions are recognized only when the Company believes it is more likely than not that the tax position will be upheld on examination by the taxing authorities based on the merits of the position. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized income tax benefits in income tax expense. Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Common Share The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss per common share because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. Holders of each series of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in distributions, when and if declared by the board of directors that are made to common stockholders, and as a result are considered participating securities. Under the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is computed by subtracting from net income the portion of current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their dividend rights had all of the year’s earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses. Diluted net loss per common share is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus, for periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of stock options and warrants. In addition, the Company analyzes the potential dilutive effect of the outstanding participating securities under the “if-converted” method when calculating diluted earnings per share, in which it is assumed that the outstanding participating securities convert into common stock at the beginning of the period. The Company reports the more dilutive of the approaches (two-class or “if-converted”) as its diluted net income per share during the period. Due to net losses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010 basic and diluted loss per share were the same, as the effect of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive. Recent Accounting Pronouncements In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Boards (“FASB”) issued ASU 2012-02, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment”, which is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of performing an impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets by providing entities an option to perform a “qualitative” assessment to F-13 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. This Statement is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The Company applied the provisions of this Statement for its impairment test performed on October 31, 2013. In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-11, “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists” ASU 2013-11 allows an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, with one exception. That exception states that, to the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The assessment of whether a deferred tax asset is available is based on the unrecognized tax benefit and deferred tax asset that exist at the reporting date and should be made presuming disallowance of the tax position at the reporting date. ASU 2013-11 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 3. Restatement The Company is restating its previously issued consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 to correct an error in the accounting for its headquarters lease executed in May 2005. As the result of entering into a second build-to-suit arrangement with a related party in 2013, the Company revisited the accounting for its headquarters lease executed in May 2005. The Company concluded that it had improperly applied the “build-to-suit” provisions of ASC 840, Leases (“ASC 840”), by accounting for the arrangement as an operating lease rather than a financing obligation. The Company was involved in the construction of its headquarters office building and, for accounting purposes, is therefore deemed the owner during the construction period. As such, the Company is required to capitalize the construction costs on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to ASC 840, to determine if the Company can remove the assets from the Consolidated Balance Sheet upon completion of construction. After construction of the headquarters building was complete, a related party of the Company continued to guarantee the debt of the lessor, thereby constituting continuing involvement of the Company and disqualifying sale-leaseback accounting treatment. As such, the Company was precluded from derecognizing the constructed assets from its Consolidated Balance Sheet when construction was complete in 2006. As a result of this accounting correction, the Company has recorded the property and financing obligations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and will depreciate the asset on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. Lease payments will be recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and interest expense, rather than rent expense (which the Company allocates to Cost of F-14 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) Revenue, Sales and Marketing, Research and Development, and General and Administrative expenses). The correction impacts the classification of cash flows from operations and financing activities, but has no impact on the net increase or decrease in cash and cash equivalents reported in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Stockholder’s deficit as of December 31, 2009 was restated by $974 for the adjustment of the leased property. See the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit). The following tables detail the impact of the restatement on the Company’s financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010: F-15 2012 As Reported Adjustment As Restated Consolidated Balance Sheets Property and equipment, net $ 14,150 $ 6,306 $ 20,456 Total assets 51,921 6,305 58,226 Financing and capital lease obligations, current portion 1,171 57 1,228 Total current liabilities 28,924 57 28,981 Financing and capital lease obligations, net of current portion 550 9,039 9,589 Other non-current liabilities 2,301 (1,430 ) 871 Total liabilities 81,691 7,666 89,357 Accumulated deficit (171,357 ) (1,361 ) (172,718 ) Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) (165,248 ) (1,361 ) (166,609 ) Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) 51,921 6,305 58,226 2011 As Reported Adjustment As Restated Consolidated Balance Sheets Property and equipment, net $ 15,716 $ 6,571 $ 22,287 Total assets 46,271 6,571 52,842 Financing and capital lease obligations, current portion 1,373 10 1,383 Total current liabilities 22,604 11 22,615 Financing and capital lease obligations, net of current portion 1,585 9,098 10,683 Other non-current liabilities 2,079 (1,312 ) 767 Total liabilities 62,012 7,797 69,809 Accumulated deficit (156,142 ) (1,226 ) (157,368 ) Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) (151,219 ) (1,226 ) (152,445 ) Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) 46,271 6,571 52,842 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) F-16 2012 As Reported Adjustment As Restated Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Cost of revenue $ 45,178 $ (778 ) $ 44,400 Gross profit 36,561 778 37,339 Sales and marketing 28,268 (363 ) 27,905 Research and development 15,035 (414 ) 14,621 General and administrative 7,577 (83 ) 7,494 Total operating expenses 51,001 (860 ) 50,141 Loss from operations (14,440 ) 1,638 (12,802 ) Interest expense (203 ) (1,773 ) (1,976 ) Total other expense, net (214 ) (1,773 ) (1,987 ) Loss before income taxes (14,654 ) (135 ) (14,789 ) Net loss (14,738 ) (135 ) (14,873 ) Comprehensive loss (14,738 ) (135 ) (14,873 ) Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (3.06 ) (.03 ) (3.09 ) 2011 As Reported Adjustment As Restated Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Cost of revenue $ 43,034 $ (901 ) $ 42,133 Gross profit 25,749 901 26,650 Sales and marketing 22,914 (361 ) 22,553 Research and development 9,397 (277 ) 9,120 General and administrative 5,921 (100 ) 5,821 Total operating expenses 40,405 (738 ) 39,667 Loss from operations (14,656 ) 1,639 (13,017 ) Interest expense (203 ) (1,771 ) (1,974 ) Total other expense, net (241 ) (1,771 ) (2,012 ) Loss before income taxes (14,897 ) (132 ) (15,029 ) Net loss (14,932 ) (132 ) (15,064 ) Comprehensive loss (14,932 ) (132 ) (15,064 ) Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (3.06 ) (.03 ) (3.09 ) 2010 As Reported Adjustment As Restated Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Cost of revenue $ 39,817 $ (947 ) $ 38,870 Gross profit 27,305 947 28,252 Sales and marketing 14,462 (288 ) 14,174 Research and development 8,948 (298 ) 8,650 General and administrative 6,144 (106 ) 6,038 Total operating expenses 29,554 (692 ) 28,862 Loss from operations (2,249 ) 1,639 (610 ) Interest expense (212 ) (1,758 ) (1,970 ) Total other expense, net (96 ) (1,759 ) (1,855 ) Loss before income taxes (2,345 ) (120 ) (2,465 ) Net loss (2,355 ) (120 ) (2,475 ) Comprehensive loss (2,355 ) (120 ) (2,475 ) Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (0.37 ) (.02 ) (0.39 ) Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) F-17 2012 As Reported Adjustment As Restated Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Net loss $ (14,738 ) $ (135 ) $ (14,873 ) Depreciation and amortization 8,294 266 8,560 Interest accrual on financing obligation — 1,774 1,774 Other non-current liabilities 411 (118 ) 293 Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities 10,622 1,786 12,408 Payments on financing and capital lease obligations (1,359 ) (1,786 ) (3,145 ) Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities (467 ) (1,786 ) (2,253 ) 2011 As Reported Adjustment As Restated Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Net loss $ (14,932 ) $ (132 ) $ (15,064 ) Depreciation and amortization 7,040 266 7,306 Interest accrual on financing obligation — 1,771 1,771 Other non-current liabilities 311 (170 ) 141 Net cash and cash equivalents used in operating activities 4,148 1,734 5,882 Payments on financing and capital lease obligations (1,076 ) (1,734 ) (2,810 ) Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities (711 ) (1,734 ) (2,445 ) 2010 As Reported Adjustment As Restated Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Net loss $ (2,355 ) $ (120 ) $ (2,475 ) Depreciation and amortization 6,343 266 6,609 Interest accrual on financing obligation — 1,759 1,759 Other non-current liabilities 392 (222 ) 170 Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities 5,502 1,683 7,185 Payments on financing and capital lease obligations (1,969 ) (1,683 ) (3,652 ) Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities (3,636 ) (1,683 ) (5,319 ) Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 4. Net Loss Per Common Share Diluted loss per common share is the same as basic loss per common share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company’s net loss. The following common share equivalent securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted-average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the periods presented: Basic and diluted net loss per common share is calculated as follows: 5. Marketable Securities Marketable securities consist of corporate bonds and are classified as held-to-maturity. As of December 31, 2013, the amortized cost basis and net carrying amount of marketable securities was $13,168 and the aggregate fair value was $13,166. The gross unrealized holding gains and losses were $0 and $2, respectively, as of December 31, 2013. Corporate bonds held in marketable securities have contractual maturities of between 5 and 8 months as of December 31, 2013. 6. Fair Value Measurement The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, net accounts receivable, accounts payable and other accrued liabilities, and accrued compensation and benefits, approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying value of the Company’s financing obligations approximates fair value, considering the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for financing obligations with similar terms and credit risks. F-18 Year Ended December 31, Anti-Dilutive Common Share Equivalents 2013 2012 2011 2010 Redeemable convertible preferred stock: Series A — 14,055,851 14,055,851 14,055,851 Series B — 2,441,009 2,441,009 2,441,009 Restricted stock units 97,700 — — — Stock options 3,058,795 3,121,064 2,712,808 2,906,741 Warrant to purchase common stock 500,000 500,000 500,000 500,000 Total anti-dilutive common share equivalents 3,656,495 20,117,924 19,709,668 19,903,601 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Numerator: Net loss $ (30,361 ) $ (14,873 ) $ (15,064 ) $ (2,475 ) Net loss attributable to common stockholders $ (30,361 ) $ (14,873 ) $ (15,064 ) $ (2,475 ) Denominator: Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted 10,144,243 4,812,632 4,875,157 6,405,944 Net loss per common share, basic and diluted $ (2.99 ) $ (3.09 ) $ (3.09 ) $ (0.39 ) Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The three tiers are defined as follows: Level 1. Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2. Other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace. Level 3. Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions. Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis The Company evaluates its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level to classify them for each reporting period. This determination requires significant judgments to be made. The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using the above categories, as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. F-19 December 31, 2013 Description Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Cash equivalents: Money market mutual funds (1) $ 65,443 $ — $ — $ 65,443 Total assets $ 65,443 $ — $ — $ 65,443 December 31, 2012 Description Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Cash equivalents: Money market mutual funds (1) $ 18,282 $ — $ — $ 18,282 Total assets $ 18,282 $ — $ — $ 18,282 Liabilities: Contingent consideration (2) $ — $ — $ 328 $ 328 Total liabilities $ — $ — $ 328 $ 328 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) The following table presents the changes in the Company’s Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31: F-20 December 31, 2011 Description Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Cash equivalents: Money market mutual funds (1) $ 15,634 $ — $ — $ 15,634 Total assets $ 15,634 $ — $ — $ 15,634 Liabilities: Contingent consideration (2) (see Note 4) $ — $ — $ 2,538 $ 2,538 Total liabilities $ — $ — $ 2,538 $ 2,538 (1) Money market funds are classified as cash equivalents in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As short-term, highly liquid investments readily convertible to known amounts of cash, with remaining maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase, the Company’s cash equivalent money market funds have carrying values that approximate fair value. (2) Contingent consideration related to acquisitions is classified within Level 3 because the liabilities are valued using significant unobservable inputs. The Company estimated the fair value of the acquisition-related contingent consideration using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow method. On the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, change in fair value related to changes in estimated contingent consideration to be paid is included in “Change in fair value of contingent consideration”, and accretion of the discount on contingent consideration is included in “Other expense”. 2013 2012 2011 Balance of contingent consideration at January 1 $ 328 $ 2,538 $ 1,696 Change in fair value (43 ) 121 503 Accretion of discount 26 67 339 Payment (311 ) (2,398 ) — Balance of contingent consideration at December 31 $ — $ 328 $ 2,538 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 7. Property and Equipment Property and equipment consists of the following as of December 31: Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment was $7,850, $8,225, $6,945, and $6,457, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Property and equipment at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 includes fixed assets acquired under capital lease agreements of $8,463, $3,893 and $5,268, respectively. Accumulated depreciation of assets under capital leases totaled $2,033, $1,392 and $1,551 as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amortization of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense. The Company capitalized software development costs of $2,751, $3,089 and $2,711 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software development costs totaled $2,618, $3,145, $2,009, and $1,690 during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The net book value of capitalized software development costs was $4,101, $3,969 and $3,960 at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During 2012, the Company determined it was no longer probable that certain software developed for internal use and certain purchased software would produce expected cash flows for the remainder of their respective useful lives. As a result, the Company recognized an impairment charge related to these long-lived assets totaling $1,051 for the year ended December 31, 2012. In 2011, the Company traded in used computer equipment in a purchase of servers, computers, software, and services. The assets transferred were accounted for at fair value. The Company recognized a gain on the exchange of $178 which is presented in “Other expense.” F-21 2013 2012 2011 (Restated) (Restated) Building, leased $ 7,965 $ 7,965 $ 7,965 Computers and related equipment 13,954 10,521 11,112 Purchased software and licenses 17,556 12,605 12,389 Software developed 16,182 13,363 11,447 Furniture and fixtures 2,717 2,406 1,987 Leasehold improvements 1,730 1,690 754 Other equipment 1,922 1,941 1,921 Vehicles 111 111 158 Construction in progress 1,781 — — Total property and equipment, at cost 63,918 50,602 47,733 Accumulated depreciation and amortization (36,474 ) (30,146 ) (25,446 ) Property and equipment, net $ 27,444 $ 20,456 $ 22,287 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets The Company’s goodwill balance is solely attributable to the Benefit Informatics reporting unit. The change in the carrying amount of goodwill was as follows for the years ended December 31: Information regarding the Company’s acquisition-related intangible assets is as follows: F-22 2013 2012 2011 Goodwill on January 1 $ 1,634 $ 1,634 $ 3,304 Impairment — — (1,670 ) Goodwill on December 31 $ 1,634 $ 1,634 $ 1,634 As of December 31, 2013 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount Weighted- Average Remaining Useful Life (in years) Trademarks $ 240 $ (164 ) $ 76 1.6 Customer agreements 2,060 (880 ) 1,180 4.6 Non-compete agreements 126 (126 ) — — Total $ 2,426 $ (1,170 ) $ 1,256 4.4 As of December 31, 2012 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount Weighted- Average Remaining Useful Life (in years) Trademarks $ 240 $ (116 ) $ 124 2.6 Customer agreements 2,060 (622 ) 1,438 5.6 Non-compete agreements 126 (109 ) 17 0.6 Total $ 2,426 $ (847 ) $ 1,579 5.4 As of December 31, 2011 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount Weighted- Average Remaining Useful Life (in years) Trademarks $ 240 $ (68 ) $ 172 3.6 Customer agreements 2,060 (365 ) 1,695 6.6 Non-compete agreements 126 (80 ) 46 1.6 Total $ 2,426 $ (513 ) $ 1,913 6.2 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) Amortization expense of acquisition-related intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $322, $335, $361 and $152, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, expected amortization expense for the intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter was as follows: In 2011, the Company determined that the decrease in revenue and net cash flow projections of Benefit Informatics represented an indicator of potential impairment of certain intangible assets on October 31, 2011. The Company determined that the fair value of the intangible assets was less than the expected future cash flows associated with the intangible asset (step 1). The amount of impairment was then calculated and recognized as the difference between the present value of the cash flows and the fair value of the intangible assets (step 2). Impairment charges of $54 to non-compete agreements were recognized for the year ended December 31, 2011 under operating expenses within the Company’s Employer segment. There were no such impairments of intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. 9. Revolving Line of Credit and Notes Payable During 2013, the Company transitioned its general business financing from its existing master credit facility to a revolving line of credit at a different bank. At December 31, 2012 the Company had a $6,000 master credit facility under which two senior secured promissory notes totaling $4,535 were outstanding (“Credit Facility Notes”). In March 2013 and June 2013, the Company borrowed an additional $874 and $591, respectively, under two additional senior secured promissory notes bearing interest at fixed annual rates ranging from 3.6% to 3.7% and repayable in equal monthly installments of principal and interest through dates ranging from December 2015 to July 2016. On August 27, 2013, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank for a revolving line of credit of up to $35,000 for working capital, to fund general business requirements, and to repay the indebtedness under the master credit facility and other senior secured promissory notes. The revolving line of credit limit is eligible to be increased from the initial limit of $15,000 to $35,000, as a result of the closing of the Company’s IPO on September 23, 2013. On December 10, 2013, the revolving line of credit was amended to increase the borrowing capacity to the $35,000 limit at the earlier of the Company’s request or August 14, 2014. Borrowing capacity under the line of credit is subject to a borrowing base limit described below. Therefore, credit available under the line of credit may be less than the specified limit. Amounts borrowed under the line of credit are payable on August 27, 2016. Amounts available under the line of credit are subject to a borrowing base limit which is a function of the Company’s monthly recurring revenue as adjusted to reflect lost customer revenue during the previous quarter. F-23 2014 $ 306 2015 286 2016 257 2017 257 2018 150 Total $ 1,256 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) Advances can be designated as LIBOR advances or prime rate advances. LIBOR advances bear interest at 2.75% plus the greater of 0.50% or current LIBOR for the applicable period, generally 30 days, adjusted for certain regulatory reserve requirements. The LIBOR rate is adjusted approximately monthly. Prime Rate advances bear interest at the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal. The Company made customary affirmative and negative covenants in connection with the loan and security agreement, including financial covenants related to liquidity and revenue growth. In the event of a default, Silicon Valley Bank may declare all obligations immediately due and stop advancing money or extending credit under the line of credit. The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets, including any proceeds of intellectual property (but not the underlying intellectual property itself), and the Company has agreed not to encumber any of its intellectual property without Silicon Valley Bank’s prior written consent. As of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with the covenants. On August 30, 2013, the Company borrowed $5,757 under this line of credit, which it used to repay all of the amounts outstanding under its master credit facility and two senior promissory notes with its previous lender. In September 2013, the Company borrowed and repaid an additional $5,000 under this line of credit. As of December 31, 2013, the amount outstanding under this line of credit was $5,757 and the amount available to borrow was $9,243. In August 2011, the Company borrowed $2,020 under a senior secured promissory note to purchase computers and related equipment and software (“Hardware and Software Note”). The note bears interest at a fixed annual rate of 4.5% and is collateralized by certain specifically identified computers and related equipment and software. Principal and interest are paid in equal monthly installments through August 2014. In December 2010, the Company borrowed $816 under a senior secured promissory note to finance purchases of computer equipment (“Hardware Note”). The note bears interest at a fixed annual rate of 5.0% with principal and interest paid in equal monthly installments through December 2013. The Hardware Note is collateralized by certain specifically identified computers and related equipment. As of December 31, 2013 the combined aggregate amount of maturities for the revolving line of credit outstanding is $5,757 for the year ended December 31, 2016. No other amounts are due in any other year. The following table summarizes the outstanding principal balance and estimated net book value of the computers and related equipment and software collateralizing the Company’s outstanding notes payable: F-24 Outstanding Principal Balance as of December 31, Interest Rate 2013 2012 2011 Hardware Note 5.0% $ — $ 286 $ 558 Hardware and Software Note 4.5% — 1,156 1,809 Credit Facility Notes 3.6% — 4,535 — Revolving line of credit 3.25% 5,757 — — Other Notes 5.0% - 10.0% — 4 154 Total $ 5,757 $ 5,981 $ 2,521 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) The interest rates for the notes in the table above approximate currently available rates for financing obligations with similar terms and credit risks. 10. Commitment and Contingencies Operating Lease Commitments and Financing and Capital Lease Obligations The Company has entered into various capital lease arrangements to obtain property and equipment for operations. These agreements range from 9 months to 5 years with interest rates ranging up to 14.9%. The leases are secured by the underlying leased property and equipment. In November 2013, the Company entered into a lease with a term of 3 years to finance data processing equipment and software. The total payments under the lease are $3,988. The present value of the lease payments exceeds the fair value of assets leased at inception. The Company accounts for this arrangement as a capital lease. As of December 31, 2013, capital lease obligations include amounts under this lease of $3,988. Related to the November 2013 capital lease, the Company entered into a 3 year financing obligation for support services of data and processing equipment. The total payments under the arrangement are $3,872. The Company accounts for this arrangement as a financing obligation. As of December 31, 2013, financing obligations include $3,872 under this agreement. In March 2013, the Company entered into a lease with a term of 3 years to finance data processing equipment and software. The total payments under the lease are $1,117. The lease provides for a bargain purchase option at the end of its term. The Company accounts for this arrangement as a capital lease. As of December 31, 2013, capital lease obligations include amounts under this lease of $785. During 2013 and 2012, the Company entered into additional various leases with terms ranging from one year or less to five years to finance data processing equipment and software. Total aggregate payments under the leases are $363. The leases contain terms that either provide for the title to pass to the Company at the end of its term or the lease term exceeds 75% of economic life of the asset. The Company accounts for these arrangements as capital leases. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, capital lease obligations include amounts under these leases of $216 and $133, respectively. In 2011, the Company entered into a lease with a term of 3 years to finance data processing equipment. The lease provides for a bargain purchase option at the end of the term. The total payments under the lease are $3,005. The Company accounts for this arrangement as a capital lease. As of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, capital lease obligations include amounts under this lease of $413, $1,375, and $2,297, respectively. The Company also leases office facilities under various non-cancelable operating lease agreements with original lease periods expiring between 2014 and 2024. Some of the leases provide for renewal terms at the Company’s option. Certain future minimum lease payments due under these operating lease agreements contain free rent periods or escalating rent payment provisions. These leases generally do not contain purchase options. Rent expense on these operating leases is recognized over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis. In August 2013, the Company entered into an amendment to a 2012 office lease agreement for its facility in Tulsa, Oklahoma. Under the terms of the lease agreement the Company has committed to extend its lease term to April 2015. F-25 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) Rent expense totaled $2,517, $1,946, $1,388, and $1,301 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Future minimum lease payments are as follows: Financing obligations were $13,097 as of December 31, 2013 and consist of obligations for build-to-suit lease arrangements and the support components of a software financing arrangement. The aggregate amount of payments financing obligations was $20,986 at December 31, 2013 which excludes aggregate payments of $81,488 related to assets under construction under a build-to-suit lease entered into in December 2013. Contractual Commitments In December 2013, the Company entered into a 15 year lease for additional office space at its Charleston, South Carolina campus. Under the build-to-suit arrangement, the leased premises will be constructed by and leased from an entity with which two of the Company’s significant stockholders and executives are affiliated. The target commencement date of the lease payments is expected to be January 1, 2015. The approximate total minimum payments under the arrangement are $81,488 based on an estimated rentable area of approximately 145,000 square feet. In connection with the lease, the Company entered into an option to lease space in two additional adjacent buildings. The option term is 36 months and requires the Company to incur costs annually prior to the exercise of the option in the amount of up to $466 per year. If the Company terminates the option or does not exercise the option prior to expiration it will incur termination fees pro-rated through the dates of termination or expiration. The maximum liability for termination fees is $757. The commitment for the lease and pro-rated termination fees is not accrued in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company. Had the Company terminated the options on December 31, 2013, the liability for the termination fee would have been $75. The pro-rated commitment for the option is accrued in other non-current liabilities in the balance sheet. The minimum lease payments related to this lease have been excluded from the future minimum lease payment schedule above. The Company also has $3,659 of non-cancellable contractual commitments as of December 31, 2013 related to the purchase of software and colocation services. These commitments are not accrued in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company. F-26 Operating Leases Capital Leases Financing Obligations Year Ending December 31, 2014 $ 3,108 $ 2,728 $ 3,578 2015 2,840 1,782 3,298 2016 2,846 1,156 3,020 2017 2,843 23 2,070 2018 2,839 — 2,132 Thereafter 16,728 — 6,888 Total minimum lease and financing obligation payments $ 31,204 5,689 $ 20,986 Less: imputed interest (235 ) Less: current portion (2,587 ) Capital lease obligations, net of current portion $ 2,867 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) Legal Contingencies The Company may become a party to a variety of legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of business. While the results of such normal course legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes, based on current knowledge, that the final outcome of any matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 11. Stock-Based Compensation Employee Stock-based Compensation Plan The Company maintains the Amended and Restated Benefitfocus.com, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “2000 Plan”) and the Benefitfocus.com, Inc. 2012 Stock Plan, as amended (the “2012 Plan”), pursuant to which the Company has reserved 6,234,809 shares of its common stock for issuance to its employees, directors and non-employee third parties. The 2012 Plan, effective on January 31, 2012, serves as the successor to the 2000 Plan and permits the granting of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock bonuses, stock purchase rights, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock units and awards. No new awards will be issued under the 2000 Plan as of the effective date of the 2012 Plan. Outstanding awards under the 2000 Plan continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the 2000 Plan. Shares available for grant under the 2000 Plan, which were reserved but not issued or subject to outstanding awards under the 2000 Plan as of the effective date, were added to the reserves of the 2012 Plan. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 2,578,314 shares allocated to the 2012 Plan, but not yet issued. The terms of the stock-based award grants, including the exercise price per share and vesting periods, are determined by the Chairman of the Board who is delegated the authority by the Company’s board of directors. Stock options are granted at exercise prices not less than the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. The grant date value of restricted stock units is equal to the closing price of the Company’s stock on the trading day preceding the date of grant. Generally, the Company issues previously unissued shares for the exercise of stock options or exchange of restricted stock units; however, previously acquired shares may be reissued to satisfy future issuances. The options and restricted stock unit awards typically vest quarterly over a four-year period. The options expire 10 years from the grant date. Compensation expense for the fair value of the stock-based awards at their grant date is recognized ratably over the vesting schedule. The Company has issued two types of awards under these plans: options and restricted stock units. The following table sets forth the number of awards outstanding for each award type is as follows: F-27 Outstanding at December 31, Award type 2013 2012 2011 2010 Stock options 3,058,795 3,121,064 2,712,808 2,906,741 Restricted stock units 97,700 — — — Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) Stock-based compensation expense related to stock-based awards is included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31: The total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet recognized as of December 31, 2013 was $7,429 and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.9 years. Restricted Stock Units During December 2013, the Company granted restricted stock units under the 2012 Plan. Restricted stock units granted to employees vest in equal annual installments generally over 4 years from the grant date. The fair value of the stock at the time of grant is amortized based on a straight-line basis over the period of vesting. Income tax benefits resulting from vesting of restricted stock are recognized in the period the unit is exchanged to the extent the expense has been recognized. A summary of unvested restricted stock units as of December 31, 2013 is as follows: As of December 31, 2013, the number and intrinsic value of restricted stock units expected to vest was 84,288 and $4,867, respectively. F-28 2013 2012 2011 2010 Cost of revenue $ 274 $ 195 $ 252 $ 352 Sales and marketing 171 68 102 77 Research and development 255 130 121 87 General and administrative 502 319 246 519 $ 1,202 $ 712 $ 721 $ 1,035 Restricted stock units Weighted average grant-date fair value Unvested at January 1, 2013 — $ — Granted 97,700 48.31 Unvested at December 31, 2013 97,700 $ 48.31 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) Stock options The following is a summary of the option activity for the year ended December 31, 2013: The aggregate intrinsic value of employee options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $6,448, $293, $214, and $264, respectively. The Company values stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected life, expected stock price volatility and dividend yield. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected term of the Company’s employee stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the simplified method. Under the simplified method, the expected life of an option is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company used the simplified method due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. The Company has a limited history of trading as a public company, therefore expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The Company assumed no dividend yield because it does not expect to pay dividends in the near future, which is consistent with the Company’s history of not paying dividends. The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted for the years ended December 31 (no options were granted in 2011): F-29 Number of Options Weighted-Average Exercise Price Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value Outstanding balance at December 31, 2012 3,121,064 $ 6.15 Granted 172,000 13.53 Exercised (201,444 ) 3.45 Forfeited (30,772 ) 5.98 Expired (2,053 ) 1.90 Outstanding balance at December 31, 2013 3,058,795 $ 6.75 5.01 $ 155,969 Exercisable at December 31, 2013 2,456,471 $ 5.89 4.14 $ 127,366 Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013 3,006,516 $ 6.70 4.95 $ 153,446 2013 2012 2011 2010 Risk-free interest rate 1.0% - 1.7% 0.8% - 1.2% — 1.9% - 3.2% Expected term (years) 6.08 6.08 — 6.08 - 6.58 Expected volatility 52% 53% - 55% — 57% - 59% Expected dividend yield 0% 0% — 0% Weighted-average grant date fair value per share $7.71 $4.24 — $2.43 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 12. Stockholders’ Deficit Preferred stock Upon the closing of the IPO, all shares of the Company’s then-outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 16,496,860 shares of its $0.001 par value common stock. Subsequent to this conversion, the Company restated its certificate of incorporation and reduced number of authorized shares of preferred stock from 21,496,860 to 5,000,000. The Company’s preferred stock is undesignated. Common Stock The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of common stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of preferred stock. At December 31, 2013, the Company had reserved a total of 6,234,809 of its authorized 50,000,000 shares of common stock for future issuance as follows: During 2009, in connection with a new five-year contract executed with a major customer, the Company issued a warrant to the customer for the right to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock at $5.48 per share. The warrant was issued from the incentive stock option pool of shares approved by the Company’s board of directors. Under the terms of the warrant, the warrant expires in 10 years. The customer was originally entitled to exercise the warrant in its entirety in 9.5 years. Earlier exercise rights for all or part of the warrants are triggered under certain conditions, the most relevant of which are, on or after the third anniversary date of the issuance date if an IPO has occurred and immediately prior to the closing of a defined Corporate Transaction. In the event the customer cancels the contract prior to the end of the five-year term, one half of the warrants would have been forfeited. In March 2013, the Company made this warrant fully exercisable. The Company used an option pricing model to determine the fair value of the common stock warrant. Significant inputs included an estimate of the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the remaining contractual life of the warrant, an estimate of the probability and timing of a liquidity event, a risk-free rate of interest and an estimate of the Company’s stock volatility using the volatilities of guideline peer companies. The value of the exercisable portion of the warrant is not dependent on the customer’s fulfillment of the contract and was measured on the issuance date, with the total fair value at issuance being recognized as a reduction to revenue over the contract period on the straight line basis. The remaining half of the warrant that was dependent on contract fulfillment by the customer was remeasured each quarter, with the resulting increment or decrement in value recognized as a revenue reduction on the straight line basis beginning in the quarter of the revaluation through the end of the contract. The related reduction of revenue during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $892, $488, $141, and $306, respectively. F-30 Outstanding stock options 3,058,795 Restricted stock units 97,700 Outstanding common stock warrant 500,000 Possible future issuance under stock option plans 2,578,314 Total common shares reserved for future issuance 6,234,809 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 13. Employee Benefit Plan The Company maintains a qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”) covering substantially all employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan after one day of service and upon attainment of age 21, and may elect to defer an amount or percentage of their annual compensation up to amounts prescribed by law. The Company makes discretionary matching contributions to employee plan accounts. During each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010, the Company matched 50% of the employees’ contribution, with the match limited to 3% of qualifying compensation. Employee vesting in matching company contributions occurs at a rate of 20% per year after achieving two years of service. Starting in 2014, employees vesting in company contributions will begin after one year of service. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010, employer matching contributions were $1,339, $1,013, $857, and $745, respectively. 14. Income Taxes The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. for federal and various state jurisdictions. The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax examination for calendar tax years 2010 through 2012 as well as state income tax examinations for various years depending on statutes of limitations of those jurisdictions. The following summarizes the components of income tax (benefit) expense for the years ended December 31: Reconciliation between the effect of applying the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate used to calculate the Company’s income tax provision is as follows for the years ended December 31: F-31 Current: 2013 2012 2011 2010 Federal $ — $ — $ — $ (63 ) State and local (31 ) 84 35 73 Total current (benefit) expense (31 ) $ 84 $ 35 $ 10 Deferred: Federal $ — $ — $ — $ — State and local — — — — Total deferred taxes $ — $ — $ — $ — 2013 2012 2011 2010 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Federal statutory rate 34.0 % 34.0 % 34.0 % 34.0 % Effect of: State income taxes, net of federal benefit 3.2 % 3.5 % 2.8 % 1.0 % Change in tax rates 0.4 % 2.6 % 0.8 % (10.9 %) State tax credits 0.9 % 0.0 % 2.2 % 31.2 % Change in valuation allowance (33.5 %) (38.7 %) (33.3 %) (37.5 %) Uncertain tax positions (0.9 %) 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % Contingent consideration amortization 0.0 % (0.4 %) (5.7 %) 0.0 % Stock-based compensation (0.9 %) (1.2 %) (1.1 %) (14.4 %) Other permanent items (0.4 %) (0.4 %) (0.4 %) (3.9 %) Deferred true-up (2.7 %) 0.0 % 0.5 % 0.0 % Income tax provision effective rate 0.1 % (0.6 %) (0.2 %) (0.5 %) Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax asset and liability were as follows as of December 31: As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company’s gross deferred tax was reduced by a valuation allowance of $34,422, $24,231 and $18,510, respectively. The valuation allowance increased by $10,191, $5,721 and $5,003 during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The valuation allowance increase resulted primarily from changes in the deferred tax assets related to the net operating loss carryforwards and deferred revenue. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of these deductible differences in the future. In recognition of this risk, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets relating to net operating loss carryforwards. The Company’s $15,553 of federal and state net operating losses include excess tax benefits related to deductions from the exercise of nonqualified stock options. The tax benefit of these deductions has not been recognized in deferred tax assets. If utilized, $408 of benefits from these deductions will be recorded as adjustments to taxes payable and additional paid-in-capital. Net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes were approximately $41,374, $25,595 and $28,884 at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. State net operating loss carryforwards were $33,665, $23,589 and $26,877 at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, F-32 2013 2012 2011 (Restated) (Restated) Deferred tax assets relating to: Net operating loss carryforwards $ 15,553 $ 9,744 10,742 Deferred revenue 16,779 13,185 7,545 Commissions accrual 463 260 110 Deferred rent 1,027 876 702 State tax credits 2,961 2,968 2,968 Stock-based compensation 1,615 1,172 901 Compensation and accruals 1,361 962 675 Total gross deferred tax assets 39,759 29,167 23,643 Deferred tax liabilities: Prepaid expenses $ (727 ) $ (374 ) (410 ) Property and equipment and intangible assets (4,610 ) (4,562 ) (4,723 ) Total gross deferred tax liabilities (5,337 ) (4,936 ) (5,133 ) Deferred tax assets less liabilities 34,422 24,231 18,510 Less: valuation allowance (34,422 ) (24,231 ) (18,510 ) Net deferred tax asset (liability) $ — $ — $ — Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2022 through 2033, if not utilized. Net operating loss carryforwards and credit carryforwards reflected above may be limited due to historical and future ownership changes. South Carolina jobs tax credit and headquarters tax credit carryovers of $4,924, $4,497 and $4,497 were available at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Headquarters credits are expected to be used to offset future state income tax license fees. The credits expire in various amounts during 2020 through 2028. The Company follows FASB ASC 740-10 for accounting for unrecognized tax benefits. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $437. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows for the year ended December 31, 2013 (no unrecognized tax benefits in 2010 through 2012): At December 31, 2013, none of the $437 liability for unrecognized tax benefits could impact the Company’s effective tax rate, if recognized. The Company does not expect the unrecognized tax benefits to change within the next twelve months. The Company is subject to U.S. income taxes, as well as various taxes state and local jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before the tax year ended December 31, 2010, although carryforward attributes that were generated prior to 2010 may still be adjusted upon examination by the taxing authorities if they either have been used or will be used in a future period. The Company’s ability to utilize the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the future may be subject to substantial restrictions in the event of past or future ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and similar state tax law. 15. Segments and Geographic Information Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s CODM, the Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about operating segments, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s reportable segments are based on the type of customer. The Company determined its operating segments to be: Employer, which derives substantially all of its revenue from F-33 Balance at December 31, 2012 — Additions based on tax positions related to the current year — Additions for tax positions of prior years 437 Reductions for tax positions of prior years — Reductions for tax positions due to lapse of statute — Settlements — Balance at December 31, 2013 $ 437 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) customers that use the Company’s services for the provision of benefits to their employees, and administrators acting on behalf of employers; and Carrier, which derives substantially all of its revenue from insurance companies that provide coverage at their own risk. The Company evaluates the performance of its operating segments based on operating income. The Company does not allocate interest income, interest expense or income tax expense by segment. Accordingly, the Company does not report such information. Additionally, Employer and Carrier segments share the majority of the Company’s assets. Therefore, no segment asset information is reported. Substantially all assets were held and all revenue was generated in the United States during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010. The Company identifies two reporting units in 2013: Employer and Carrier. Prior to 2013, Benefit Informatics was a reporting unit included in the Employer reporting segment. Starting in 2013, the Benefit Informatics reporting unit became a component of the Employer reporting unit as it no longer had discreet financial information 16. Related Parties Related Party Leasing Arrangements The Company leases its headquarters building under the terms of a non-cancelable financing obligation from a build-to-suit lease and its additional office space in Charleston, South Carolina under the terms of a non-cancelable operating lease from an entity with which two of the Company’s directors, significant stockholders, and executives are affiliated. Both the financing obligation and the lease have 15-year terms which started in 2006 and 2009, respectively. The Company has an option to renew the financing obligation and lease for five additional years. The arrangements provide for 3.0% fixed annual rent increases. Payments related to these agreements were $3,495, $3,276, $2,813, and $2,695 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Amounts due to the related parties $268, $234 and $212 as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amounts due to the related parties were recorded as “Accounts Payable” as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. F-34 Year Ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Revenue from external customers by segment: Employer $ 40,656 $ 23,760 $ 15,938 $ 9,356 Carrier 64,096 57,979 52,845 57,766 Total net revenue from external customers $ 104,752 $ 81,739 $ 68,783 $ 67,122 Depreciation and amortization by segment: Employer $ 3,035 $ 2,337 $ 2,044 $ 758 Carrier 5,137 6,223 5,262 5,851 Total depreciation and amortization $ 8,172 $ 8,560 $ 7,306 $ 6,609 Income (loss) from operations by segment: Employer $ (26,312 ) $ (19,015 ) $ (19,533 ) $ (6,628 ) Carrier (1,882 ) 6,213 6,516 6,018 Total loss from operations $ (28,194 ) $ (12,802 ) $ (13,017 ) $ (610 ) Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) In February 2013, the Company entered into an amendment to a 2009 operating lease agreement. Under terms of the agreement, the Company has committed to rent additional space under the agreement. Payments for the additional space will commence in January 2014. Furthermore, as disclosed in Note 9 “Commitments and Contingencies”, the Company entered into a 15-year build-to-suit lease in December 2013 for additional office space to expand its headquarters campus. The leased premises are being constructed and leased from an entity with which two of the Company’s significant stockholders and executives are affiliated. Because the Company is involved extensively in the construction of the premises and is deemed the “owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, it is required to capitalize the project costs during the construction on its Consolidated Balance Sheet. The lease is targeted to commence January 2015. The Company has options to lease two additional office facilities from the leasing entity with which two of the Company’s directors, significant stockholders and executives are affiliated. The leasing entity meets the criteria to be a variable interest entity. The Company is not the primary beneficiary of the leasing entity, as the activities that are most significant to the leasing entity’s economic performance, consisting of financing, development, management, and sale of office facilities, are directed by another party. As such, the Company is not required to consolidate the entity as the primary beneficiary. The lease terms would not include a residual value guarantee, fixed-price purchase option, or similar feature that would obligate the Company to absorb decreases in value or would entitle the Company to participate in increases in the value of the office facilities. The Company has not and does not intend to provide financial or other support to the leasing entity. The Company’s maximum exposure, assuming the exercise of the options, would consist of carrying fees paid for the options, rent to be paid over the 15-year term of the leases, construction cost overruns, and operating expenses in excess of a certain threshold. The Company’s maximum exposure currently cannot be quantified. Related Party Receivable In connection with the preparation of the office space for occupancy under the February 2013 amendment discussed above, the Company has generated a receivable from the related party in the amount of $331 as of December 31, 2013. This amount is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Related Party Travel Expenses The Company utilizes the services of a private air transportation company that is owned and controlled by one of the Company’s significant stockholders and executives. Expenses related to this company were $326, $120, $105, $154 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, and consist of air travel related to the operations of the business. Amounts due to the related party were $25 as of December 31, 2013 and de minimis as of December 31, 2012. F-35 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 17. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited) The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The sum of quarterly net loss per share for 2013 does not equal the net loss per share for the entire year due to impact on weighted-average shares of the conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock and issuance of IPO shares in the third quarter. As discussed in Note 3 to these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company has adjusted the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 including the interim periods for the four quarters in the period ended December 31, 2012 and the three quarters in the period ended September 30, 2013 to correct an error in the accounting for its headquarters lease executed in May 2005. The following information has been derived from our restated quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements. The quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this report and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of such information when read in conjunction with our annual audited consolidated financial statements (as restated) and notes appearing in this report. The operating results for any quarter do not necessarily indicate the results for any subsequent period or for the entire fiscal year. The following represents the approximate quarterly impact of the restatement for each affected financial statement line in the consolidated balance sheets: an increase in property and equipment, net and total assets by approximately $6,300; an increase in financing and capital lease obligations, current portion, and total current liabilities, of approximately $60; an increase in financing and capital lease obligations, net of current portion of approximately $9,000; a decrease in other non-current liabilities of approximately $1,400; an increase in total liabilities of approximately $7,700; an increase in accumulated deficit of approximately $1,400; an increase in total stockholders’ deficit of approximately $1,400; and an increase in total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity of approximately $6,300. F-36 Quarter ended December 31, 2013 September 30, 2013 June 30, 2013 March 31, 2013 December 31, 2012 September 30, 2012 June 30, 2012 March 31, 2012 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) (Restated) Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: Revenue $ 30,256 $ 26,316 $ 24,332 $ 23,848 $ 22,208 $ 20,833 $ 19,629 $ 19,069 Gross profit 10,783 10,146 10,010 11,402 10,328 10,152 8,282 8,577 Total operating expenses 18,476 16,504 19,091 16,464 11,818 12,053 13,456 12,814 Operating loss (7,693 ) (6,358 ) (9,081 ) (5,062 ) (1,490 ) (1,901 ) (5,174 ) (4,237 ) Net loss $ (8,284 ) $ (6,836 ) $ (9,628 ) $ (5,613 ) $ (2,031 ) $ (2,407 ) $ (5,690 ) $ (4,745 ) Net loss per common share (0.34 ) (1.08 ) (2.00 ) (1.17 ) (0.42 ) (0.50 ) (1.18 ) (0.99 ) Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted 24,474,566 6,320,731 4,809,518 4,798,043 4,842,205 4,836,179 4,826,171 4,810,059 Table of Contents BENEFITFOCUS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) The following represents the approximate quarterly impact of the restatement for each affected financial statement line in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss: a decrease in cost of revenue and increase in gross margin of approximately $194; a decrease in sales and marketing and research and development of approximately $100; a decrease in general and administrative of approximately $20; a decrease in operating expense of approximately $215; a decrease in net loss from operations of approximately $410; an increase in interest expense and total other expenses, net, of approximately $443; an increase in loss before income taxes, net loss and comprehensive loss of approximately $33; and an increase in net loss per common share of approximately $0.01 per share. The following represents the approximate quarterly impact of the restatement for each affected financial statement line in the consolidated statement of cash flows: an increase in the net loss and depreciation and amortization of less than approximately $100; an increase in interest accrual on financing obligation of approximately $443; a decrease in other non-current liabilities of approximately $25; an increase in net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities of approximately $451; and an increase in payments on financing and capital lease obligations and net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities of approximately $451. F-37 Table of Contents Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in thousands) F-38 Balance at Beginning of Period Additions Charged To Expense Additions Charged Against Revenue Deductions Balance at End of Period Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns: Year ended December 31, 2013 $ 900 $ (22 ) $ 2,315 $ (2,383 ) $ 810 Year ended December 31, 2012 $ 358 $ 98 $ 1,330 $ (886 ) $ 900 Year ended December 31, 2011 $ 272 $ 136 $ 491 $ (540 ) $ 358 Year ended December 31, 2010 $ 213 $ 130 $ 111 $ (182 ) $ 272 Balance at Beginning of Period Additions Charged To Costs and Expenses (1) Deductions Balance at End of Period Deferred tax asset valuation allowance: Year ended December 31, 2013 $ 24,231 $ 10,191 $ — $ 34,422 Year ended December 31, 2012 $ 18,510 $ 5,721 $ — $ 24,231 Year ended December 31, 2011 $ 13,506 $ 5,004 $ — $ 18,510 Year ended December 31, 2010 $ 11,960 $ 1,546 $ — $ 13,506 (1) Increase in valuation allowance is related to the generation of net operating losses and other deferred tax assets. Table of Contents EXHIBIT INDEX Exhibit Number Incorporated by Reference (Unless Otherwise Indicated) Exhibit Title Form File Exhibit Filing Date 2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 29, 2013 by and among Benefitfocus.com, Inc., Benefitfocus, Inc., and Benefitfocus Mergeco, Inc. S-1/A 333-190610 2.1 September 5, 2013 3.1.3 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Benefitfocus, Inc. 10-Q — 3.1.3 November 12, 2013 3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of Benefitfocus, Inc. S-1/A 333-190610 3.2 September 5, 2013 4.1 Specimen Certificate for Common Stock. S-1/A 333-190610 4.1 September 5, 2013 4.3 Form of Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated , 2013, by and among Benefitfocus, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein. S-1/A 333-190610 4.3 September 16, 2013 4.5 Warrant for the Purchase of Shares of Common Stock of Benefitfocus.com, Inc. issued November 23, 2009. S-1 333-190610 4.5 August 14, 2013 10.2 Form of Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated , 2013, by and among Benefitfocus, Inc., and certain stockholders named therein. S-1/A 333-190610 10.2 September 5, 2013 10.3 Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan.# S-1 333-190610 10.3 August 14, 2013 10.4 2012 Stock Plan, as amended.# S-1/A 333-190610 10.4 September 5, 2013 10.5 Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan.# S-1 333-190610 10.5 August 14, 2013 10.6 Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the 2012 Stock Plan, as amended.# S-1 333-190610 10.6 August 14, 2013 10.7 Form of Management Incentive Bonus Program.# S-1 333-190610 10.7 August 14, 2013 10.8 Employment Agreement, dated January 19, 2007, by and between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and Mason R. Holland, Jr.# S-1 333-190610 10.8 August 14, 2013 10.9 Employment Agreement, dated January 19, 2007, by and between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and Shawn A. Jenkins.# S-1 333-190610 10.9 August 14, 2013 Table of Contents Exhibit Number Incorporated by Reference (Unless Otherwise Indicated) Exhibit Title Form File Exhibit Filing Date 10.10 Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 2011, by and between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and Milton A. Alpern.# S-1 333-190610 10.10 August 14, 2013 10.11 Form of Employment Agreement.# S-1 333-190610 10.11 August 14, 2013 10.12 Form of Indemnification Agreement.# S-1 333-190610 10.12 August 14, 2013 10.13 Lease between Daniel Island Executive Center, LLC and Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of January 1, 2009, as amended. S-1 333-190610 10.13 August 14, 2013 10.14 Lease between Daniel Island Executive Center, LLC and Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of May 31, 2005. S-1 333-190610 10.14 August 14, 2013 10.15 Master Business Agreement between Aetna Life Insurance Company and Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of November 28, 2006.† S-1 333-190610 10.15 August 14, 2013 10.16 Master Guidance Line of Credit Agreement between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and NBSC, a division of Synovus Bank, dated as of November 21, 2012 and the form of the Security Agreement and Promissory Notes thereunder.† S-1 333-190610 10.16 August 14, 2013 10.17 Loan and Security Agreement between Silicon Valley Bank, Benefitfocus.com, Inc., Benefit Informatics, Inc., and Benefitfocus, Inc., dated as of August 27, 2013. S-1/A 333-190610 10.17 September 5, 2013 10.18 Second Amendment Agreement between Silicon Valley Bank, Benefitfocus.com, Benefit Informatics, Inc., and Benefitfocus, Inc., dated December 10, 2013. 8-K — 10.18 December 12, 2013 10.19 Lease between DIEC II, LLC and Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of December 13, 2013. — — — Filed herewith 21.1 List of Subsidiaries of Registrant. — — — Filed herewith 23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. — — — Filed herewith 31.1 Certification of the President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. — — — Filed herewith 31.2 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. — — — Filed herewith Table of Contents Exhibit Number Incorporated by Reference (Unless Otherwise Indicated) Exhibit Title Form File Exhibit Filing Date 32.1 Certification of the President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. — — — Filed herewith 101.INS* XBRL Instance Document. — — — Furnished herewith 101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. — — — Furnished herewith 101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. — — — Furnished herewith 101.DEF* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. — — — Furnished herewith 101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. — — — Furnished herewith 101.PRE* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. — — — Furnished herewith # Management contract or compensatory plan. † The registrant has received confidential treatment with respect to portions of this exhibit. Those portions have been omitted from the exhibit and filed separately with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. * In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL-related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Exchange Act, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections. Exhibit 10.19 LEASE AGREEMENT LESSOR: DIEC II, LLC LESSEE: Benefitfocus.com, Inc. THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the “Lease ”) is made and entered into this 13 day of December 2013, by and between DIEC II, LLC , a South Carolina limited liability company (hereinafter called “Lessor”), and Benefitfocus.com, Inc ., a South Carolina corporation (hereinafter called “Lessee”). WITNESSETH: WHEREAS , the Lessor is the owner of certain real property known as the Daniel Island Executive Center II in the City of Charleston, State of South Carolina, as shown on the drawing of the property attached hereto and made a part hereof, labeled Exhibit A (the “Property”); and WHEREAS , Lessor will construct an office building containing approximately ~145,800 square feet of Rentable Area, as defined in Section 1.01 of this document, on the Property (the “Demised Premises”); and WHEREAS , Lessor desires to lease to Lessee and Lessee desires to lease from Lessor the Demised Premises as set forth below, together with a non-exclusive easement to use all driveways, parking areas, retention surface water, common areas, and other facilities as provided in this Lease. NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises contained herein, Lessor and Lessee covenant and agree as follows: ARTICLE I GRANT AND TERM 1.01 Demised Premises . Lessor, for and in consideration of the rents, covenants, agreements and stipulations hereinafter mentioned, to be paid, kept, and performed by the Lessee, by these presents does lease and rent to the said Lessee, and said Lessee hereby agrees to lease and take upon the terms and conditions which are hereinafter set forth, the Demised Premises. The Demised Premises are sometimes referred to in this Lease as “Daniel Island Executive Center II.” The Rentable Area of the Demised Premises shall be determined in accordance with “American National Standard ANSI/BOMA Z65.1—2010: Office Buildings: Standard Methods of Measurement ” issued by the Building Owners and Managers Association International (“BOMA Standard”) and shall be certified to such BOMA Standard by Lessor’s architect (the “Architect”). In the event that the Architect’s measurement using the BOMA Standard differs from the rentable area of Premises set forth in above, the rentable area of the Premises shall be adjusted appropriately and the parties shall execute an amendment to this Lease reflecting said adjustment. 1 STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA ) ) COMMERCIAL LEASE AGREEMENT COUNTY OF BERKELEY ) 1.02 Lessee’s Right to Use of Common Improvements . Lessor hereby grants to Lessee, its employees, invitees and licensees a non-exclusive easement during the term of the Lease for the use of all sidewalks, driveways, entrance ways and parking areas as shown on the parking layout referred to in attached Exhibit B , patios, benches and other outdoor amenities, retention ponds and other facilities, which Lessor may establish which are adjacent to the Demised Premises (hereinafter referred to as the “Common Improvements”) at no additional charge. Lessee’s use of the Common Improvements shall be subject to reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Lessor and such use shall be at the sole risk of Lessee. Lessor warrants that there is full and free legal ingress, egress and access to and from the Common Improvements from a public highway or road. The parking areas shall not be used for the storage of abandoned or defective vehicles or for any other purpose except parking in connection with Lessee’s permitted use of the Demised Premises. Neither Lessee nor Lessee’s employees, officers, agents, guests, invitees or other persons using the Common Improvements shall have any rights to any reserved parking space or area, and no special markings or signs may be placed on any parking spaces by Lessee. 1.03 Initial Term . The initial term of this Lease shall be for a period of fifteen (15) years, commencing upon the date of delivery of the Demised Premises (the “Delivery Date”), which shall be the date on which: (i) Substantial Completion of both the Project (as defined below) and Tenant Improvements (as defined below) has occurred; and (ii) Lessor has delivered possession of the Demised Premises to Lessee. 1.04 Rent Commencement Date . The payment of monthly rent for the Demised Premises shall commence on the Delivery Date and shall continue on the first day of each and every month thereafter for the remainder of the Lease term. If the Delivery Date is other than the first day of the month, the first month’s rent and the last month’s rent shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in such month. Subject to delays caused by Force Majeure, for each day beyond May 1, 2015 that the Lessor is delayed in delivering the Demised Premises to Lessee, Lessee shall receive a day of free rent starting on the actual Rent Commencement Date. 1.05 Acceptance of the Demised Premises . By occupying the Demised Premises, Lessee shall be deemed to have accepted the condition of the building and other improvements constructed by Lessor as set forth in this Lease, subject to any written punch list of items agreed to between the parties to be completed by Lessor after Lessee’s occupancy. Lessor makes no representation or warranty as to the condition of the Demised Premises except as specifically set forth elsewhere in this Lease. 2 1.06 Renewal Option . Provided and upon the condition that the Lessee shall not then be in default under any of the terms of this Lease Agreement at the time of the exercise of the option and at the commencement date of the renewal term, this Lease may be renewed pursuant to the terms and conditions of Exhibit I , which is attached hereto and made a part hereof. 1.07 Option to Lease Additional Property . Lessor grants to Lessee the option to lease real property adjoining the Demised Premises pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit C, which is attached hereto and made a part hereof. ARTICLE II CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING AND OTHER IMPROVEMENTS 2.01 Lessor’s Construction of Building and Other Improvements . Lessor agrees to construct a 145,800 square foot office building and related improvements (the “Project”) in substantial accordance with the plans and specifications attached hereto and made a part hereof, labeled Exhibit D (“Project Plans and Specifications”). Lessor agrees to commence construction of the Project on or about December 1, 2013. Lessor agrees to use its best efforts to complete the Project according to the construction contract on or before January 1, 2015 (the “Scheduled Completion Date”). If performance is delayed for reasons or causes beyond the reasonable control of Lessor (including, but not limited to, acts of God, weather conditions, labor or material shortages, casualty losses or unforeseen construction defects) the completion date for the Project shall be extended accordingly. 2.02 Tenant Improvements . Lessor agrees to complete or cause to be completed the interior of the building as described on the attached Exhibit F (“Work Letter”) substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications (hereinafter “Floor Plans and Specifications” or “Tenant Improvements”) provided by the Lessee to Lessor. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with the Floor Plans and Specifications no later than eight months prior to the Project’s Scheduled Completion Date (the “Plans Due Date”). The Floor Plans and Specifications shall become a part of this Lease and be labeled as Exhibit E . Lessor agrees to use its best efforts to complete the Tenant Improvements according to the Floor Plans and Specifications on or before the Scheduled Completion Date. Lessor agrees to pay up to $35.00 per square foot of Rentable Area (the “Tenant Allowance”) for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant Improvements include, but are not limited to, ceiling grid and tile, low pressure duct system to each HVAC box, any additional electric systems or generators in excess of normal office use, construction of interior walls and floor coverings. Costs for all space planning and construction documents related to the Tenant Improvements are the responsibility of Lessee. Such costs exceeding the Tenant Allowance are hereinafter defined as “Excess Costs”. 2.03 Construction Conditions . Lessee agrees to bear any Excess Costs plus an additional charge of five percent (5%) of such excess to cover Lessor’s overhead, by payment to Lessor within ten (10) days after demand for such sums. If any act or 3 omission by Lessee (including, without limitation, any delay caused in the delivery of Floor Plan and Specifications to Lessor or any changes requested therein) increases the cost of labor or materials or the time required for completion of construction, Lessee agrees to reimburse Lessor for such labor or material increase at the time the increase is incurred. If the act or omission by Lessee results in a delay of Lessor’s completion of the Project, then Lessee agrees to commence paying all rent provided for in this Lease from the date that the Project would have been completed but for the delay or delays caused by Lessee. All amounts payable by Lessee to Lessor under this Section shall be deemed to be Rent (hereinafter defined) for all purposes under this Lease Agreement. During construction Lessor agrees to bear the risk of loss to the Tenant Improvements and agrees to maintain builder’s risk insurance coverage. Lessee agrees not to exercise any control or supervision over the contractors or subcontractors constructing the building, the Tenant Improvements or the Common Improvements. 2.04 Lessee’s Right to Enter . Lessor agrees that Lessee may, at its option, enter the Project for the limited purposes of inspecting the Tenant Improvements during the construction, and that Lessee may, in its discretion and at its own cost, make whatever installations thereof as are approved in advance by Lessor which Lessee deems necessary as soon as it can do so without interfering with the construction of the Project; provided, however, that Lessee shall bear the risk of loss caused by the installation of fixtures prior to completion of construction. Lessee understands that Lessee’s right hereunder does not allow Lessee the right to commence operations until Lessor has delivered the Demised Premises to Lessee. 2.05 Occupancy . The Demised Premises shall be ready for occupancy on such date that both the Project and Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete which is defined as (i) the supervising architect certifies both the Project and the Tenant Improvements have been substantially completed; (ii) all Certificates of Occupancy have been issued by the City of Charleston; or (iii) Lessee takes occupancy of the Demised Premises. ARTICLE III RENT 3.01 Rent . Beginning on the Rental Commencement Date and continuing throughout the full term of this Lease, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor without notice, demand, reduction, abatement, set off or any defense, the rent as specified herein, in advance on or before the first day of each month. (a) Rent During Initial Term. The annual rent during the first (1) year of the initial term of the Lease shall be Thirty and 05/100 Dollars ($30.05) per square foot of Rentable Area. This amount will be due and payable in equal, consecutive monthly installments on or before the first day of each month. 4 (b) Rent Increases During Initial Term and Renewal Term . The rent for each subsequent year of the initial term and for each year of the renewal term shall be increased by three (3.00%) percent of the rent paid for the preceding Lease Year as defined below. 3.02 Late Payments . All unpaid rent and other sums of whatever nature owed by Lessee to Lessor under this Lease Agreement and remaining unpaid five (5) days after the due date shall bear a late penalty equal to ten (10%) percent of the then amount due which shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder. Acceptance by Lessor of any payment from Lessee hereunder in an amount less than that which is currently due shall in no way affect Lessor’s rights under this Lease Agreement and shall in no way constitute an accord and satisfaction. ARTICLE IV OPERATING EXPENSES 4.01 Operating Expense Increases . During the initial term and renewal term of this Lease, the annual rent shall be adjusted for increases in Operating Expenses, (as hereinafter defined), in the following manner: (a) The rent includes an annual expense stop (the “Expense Stop”) of Five and 05/100 Dollars ($5.05) per square foot of the Rentable Area. The first year’s Estimated CAM and Operating Expenses are attached hereto as Exhibit G . Each full twelve-month calendar period from the beginning of the Rent Commencement Date shall be a “Lease Year.” Commencing with the beginning of the second Lease Year, Lessee shall be responsible for its proportionate share of the cost of Operating Expenses over the Expense Stop amount stated herein, which amount (so estimated by Lessor) shall be paid by Lessee until such time as actual expenses are available (after the end of the initial Lease Year and successive Lease Years), when the proportionate share shall be adjusted pursuant to this Lease, to reflect the prior year’s expenses. In no event will Lessor be liable to reimburse Lessee for any expense adjustment to the amount that is less than the amount incurred during the initial Lease Year. Operating Expenses which are not directly attributable to the Demised Premises shall be prorated by dividing the total number of square feet of Rentable Area in the Demised Premises by the total number of Rentable Area in the Demised Premises plus any future Building constructed by Lessor or its successor on the real property adjoining the Demised Premises. (b) Lessor agrees to furnish Lessee annual statements prepared by the chief financial officer or manager of Lessor and certified by such officer, partner or an independent certified public accountant showing Operating Expenses for the Lease Year. If Operating Expenses during the Lease Year are greater than the expense stop amount, Lessee shall pay its share of the overage to Lessor within thirty (30) days from receipt of such certified statements. As used in this Article, “Operating Expenses” shall include only those items customarily considered in good accounting practice to be 5 building operating expenses, such as ordinary or extraordinary repairs not covered by insurance, maintenance, cleaning, janitorial services, utilities, supplies, real estate taxes, common area maintenance and assessment charges, premiums for fire, casualty and liability insurance with respect to the improvements on the Demised Premises, and management fees not in excess of three percent (3%) of gross rent. Lessee is not liable for increases in controllable expenses over the previous lease year in excess of three percent (3%).“Controllable Expenses” means all Operating Expenses other than taxes, insurance, reasonable third party maintenance and utilities, provided that insurance premiums paid for the Demised Premises shall not increase by reason of any action or inaction of Landlord that causes such increase. Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses related to financing, depreciation, amortization, costs of a capital nature, costs for which Lessee or other occupants of the Building are charged other than pursuant to the Operating Expense clauses, costs of procuring lessees, attorneys’ fees, accounting fees, nor administrative salaries and wages except for personnel working exclusively for the buildings using the Common Improvements. Operating Expenses shall include only those costs actually paid by Lessor. (c) Provided Lessee is not in default under the terms of this Lease and subject to the terms hereof, Lessee (or its designated representative), at its sole expense, shall have the right once per calendar year during the Term to audit Lessor’s books and records relating to the Operating Expenses for the immediately preceding two (2) calendar years. This audit must take place on a mutually agreeable date during reasonable business hours at Lessor’s office and only after Lessee has given Lessor at least three (3) days prior written notice of the date and time Lessee desires to commence such audit. If Lessee elects to audit Lessor’s books and records, Lessee shall have the right to perform an audit of the Operating Expenses for the immediately preceding two (2) calendar years, such audit to be conducted by a reputable accounting firm. If any such audit reveals an error by Lessor resulting in an overcharge to Lessee, then Lessor shall promptly reimburse Lessee for the amount erroneously charged to Lessee. Likewise, if any such audit reveals an error resulting in Lessee being undercharged, then Lessee shall promptly reimburse Lessor for the amount of such deficiency. If any audit performed by Lessee reveals that the Operating Expenses in total have been overstated by more than five percent (5%), Lessor shall pay and/or reimburse Lessee for the cost of the audit. ARTICLE V SERVICES 5.01 Services . Subject to conditions beyond Lessor’s control, Lessor agrees, at its expense (up to the annual expense stop), to: (a) Provide individual utility metering controlled by Lessee. (b) Maintain the lavatories and toilets in good working order; keep them in a clean and safe condition, well lighted and well ventilated. 6 (c) Furnish hot and cold water for lavatory purposes. (d) Furnish electric current for lighting and general office purposes and for parking areas. (e) Provide and install initial light tubes, flood lamps and bulbs. Lessee is responsible for labor and materials for replacement of all light bulbs. (f) Keep the sidewalks, corridors, stairways, and all other means of ingress and egress to the Common Improvements clean, in good repair and safe condition, well-marked, and well lighted. (g) Keep all lawns, shrubbery and trees on the grounds of the Common Improvements in good order and condition and neat in appearance, and replant grass and shrubbery when necessary to maintain the Common Improvements in good appearance and condition. (h) Provide Lessee access to the Common Improvements twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week. 5.02 Janitorial Duties . Lessee agrees to be responsible for all building janitorial services including the windows, fixtures and furnishings therein, and during the business week will provide for the daily removal and disposal of wastepaper and rubbish. Lessee agrees to be responsible for the following minimum janitorial services: (a) Each night from Monday through Friday empty wastepaper baskets and remove refuse from the Demised Premises and Common Improvements, dust office furniture, equipment, and sweep non-carpeted floors with chemically treated cloths, vacuum clean the carpeting and clean the toilets and lavatory facilities. (b) At least monthly or more frequently when necessary wash non-carpeted floors, spot clean the carpeting and dust venetian blinds. (c) At least annually, wash windows on both sides. (e) Provide adequate vermin and pest control services. 5.03 Carpet and Window Coverings . Lessee agrees to maintain the carpeting, partition base, and window coverings throughout the Demised Premises in good condition and repair, including but not limited to, spot cleaning and periodic general cleaning and shampooing. 7 ARTICLE VI TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS 6.01 Taxes and Assessments. Lessee agrees to pay any taxes, documentary stamps or assessments of any nature imposed or assessed upon the Demised Premises or Lessee’s occupancy of the Demised Premises or upon Lessee’s furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures, equipment, machinery, inventory, merchandise or other personal property located on the Demised Premises and owned by or in the custody of Lessee promptly as all such taxes or assessments may become due and payable without any delinquency. If applicable in the jurisdiction where the Demised Premises are located, Lessee shall pay and be liable for all rental tax (only to the extent such rental tax is levied in lieu of ad valorem property taxes against the Demised Premises), sales, use and inventory taxes, fees in lieu of taxes, or other similar taxes, if any, levied or imposed by any city, state, county or other governmental body having authority, such payments to be in addition to all other payments required to be paid by Lessor by Lessee under the terms of this Lease. Such payment shall be made by Lessee directly to such governmental body if billed to Lessee, or if billed to Lessor, such payment shall be paid concurrently with the payment of monthly rent, Additional Rent, or such other charge upon which the tax is based, all as set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to contest such taxes, and upon contesting the amount of such taxes. Lessee shall deposit the amount of such taxes into an escrow account reasonably acceptable to Lessor. Lessee shall timely pay directly to the applicable governmental taxing authorities any and all taxes with respect to any and all of Lessee’s personal property, leasehold improvements, trade fixtures, inventory or other personal property which shall at any time be situated at the Demised Premises or on the Common Improvements. ARTICLE VII INSURANCE 7.01 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance . During the initial term and the renewal term of this Lease, Lessor covenants and agrees to maintain a policy or policies of insurance on the Demised Premises, including Improvements therein, providing insurance protection against risks of direct physical loss, specifically including protection against damage or destruction by fire, flood and other casualties excluding earthquake coverage, and vandalism coverage. Said insurance coverage shall be in the amount equal to a minimum of the Lessor’s cost in the building, including the permanent improvements thereon, under a policy or policies issued by responsible insurance companies authorized to do business in the State of South Carolina. The Lessee agrees that it will not do or keep anything in or about the Demised Premises or the Common Improvements which will violate the terms of Lessor’s insurance policies or which will prevent the Lessor from procuring such policies without penalty in companies acceptable to Lessor. 8 7.02 Insurance by Lessee . Lessee covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to maintain a policy of insurance on the interior of the Demised Premises and upon its personal property, fixtures, equipment and merchandise therein, providing insurance protection against risks of direct physical loss, specifically including protection against damage or destruction by fire, flood and other casualties, excluding earthquake, and vandalism insurance. 7.03 Lessee’s Liability Insurance . The Lessee agrees to indemnify, hold and save the harmless, and to protect and defend Lessor, at all times during the initial term and renewal term of this Lease, from and against any losses, damages, costs, or expenses on account of any claim for injury by a third party, including death or damage either to person or property sustained by the Lessor which arises out of the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises or the Common Improvements by the Lessee, its agents, employees, invitees, and customers (except those resulting from Lessor’s gross negligence or willful acts). Lessee agrees to give Lessor prompt written notice of all claims made against the Lessee that come within the scope of the indemnification in this Section and agrees not settle any such claim without the Lessor’s written consent. In connection herewith, Lessee shall, at its own expense, provide and keep in force, for the benefit and protection of the Lessor and Lessee as their respective interests may appear, and with the Lessor as an additional insured, a general liability policy or policies in standard form issued by reliable companies approved by Lessor and licensed to do business in the State of South Carolina, with minimum limits of $2,000,000.00 combined single limits coverage. A renewal policy shall be obtained not less than ten (10) days prior to the expiration of any policy and a certificate of the insurer evidencing such insurance, with proof of payment of premium, shall be provided to Lessor. 7.04 Subrogation . All insurance policies required by this Article shall contain a waiver of any right of subrogation by any such insurer against either party. Each of the parties hereby waives any rights it may have against the other party on account of any loss or damage to its property (including the Common Improvements and its contents) which arises from any risk ordinarily covered by fire and extended coverage insurance or any other insurance required to be carried hereunder, whether or not such other party may have been negligent or at fault in causing such loss or damage. Each party shall obtain a clause or endorsement in the policies of such insurance, which either party obtains in connection with the Common Improvements to the effect that the insurer waives, or shall otherwise be denied, the right of subrogation against the other party for loss covered by such insurance. ARTICLE VIII REPAIRS 8.01 Repairs . All repairs, both ordinary and extraordinary, to the Demised Premises, excluding the Common Improvements, including but not limited to, the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, electric wiring, and lighting apparatus, necessary to keep them in proper order shall be made by Lessee at Lessee’s expense. Any repairs, changes, or additions to the Common Improvements which may be required in order to bring the 9 Common Improvements into compliance with any Federal, State, or municipal law, statute, ordinance, decision, rule or regulation shall be made by Lessor at Lessor’s expense. 8.02 Alterations and Remodeling . After the commencement of initial term of this Lease, with the prior written consent of the Lessor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, Lessee may, at Lessee’s expense, make such alterations, additions, decorations and changes to the interior of the building and exterior lighting of the Common Improvements as it deems necessary for its purposes provided that the value of the buildings and improvements are not thereby diminished subject to the following conditions: (a) That if any such work increases any insurance premiums, taxes, or other costs or expenses relating to the Common Improvements, Lessee shall timely and fully pay and satisfy same. (b) That no casualty or mechanics or materialmen’s claims or liens shall be created upon the Common Improvements or elsewhere by reason of or with respect to the work or a condition of the Common Improvements thereafter resulting from said work; and (c) That upon expiration or any earlier termination of the Lease Agreement, Lessee shall, at its cost and expense, upon the election of Lessor, promptly remove the alterations and repairs and restore the Demised Premises to the condition existing prior to installation of the same. Any and all alterations, additions and improvements to the Common Improvements (other than inventory and trade fixtures) installed by or on behalf of Lessee shall immediately, at Lessor’s option, become part of the Common Improvements and at the expiration or other termination of this Lease Agreement shall be surrendered to the Lessor. ARTICLE IX USE AND CONDUCT OF BUSINESS 9.01 Use of the Demised Premises . Lessee agrees to use and occupy the Demised Premises solely for office purposes. 9.02 Nuisance . Lessee agrees not to create or allow any public or private nuisance to exist at the Demised Premises, and to abate any such nuisance that may arise, promptly and free of expense to Lessor. 9.03 Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations . Lessee agrees to comply with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of all federal, state and municipal governments and appropriate departments, commissions boards and officers thereof. Addtionally, Lessee agrees to comply with Lessor’s Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit H attached hereto and made a part hereof. 10 9.04 Zoning . Lessee acknowledges that the use of the Demised Premises and the Common Improvements is subject to any applicable regulations, zoning ordinances, including Planned Development Districts, if applicable, of any governmental authority and Lessee agrees to be bound by all terms and conditions imposed by such governmental authority, including any traffic restrictions, use restrictions and other conditions which plan approval is conditioned upon and all present and future zoning laws, ordinances, resolutions and regulations of any appropriate governmental authority. 9.05 Lessee’s Right to Contest Regulations . Lessee shall have the right, after notice to Lessor to contest by appropriate legal proceedings, without cost or expense to Lessor, the validity of any law, ordinance, order, rule, and regulation or requirement of the nature herein referred to and to postpone Lessee’s compliance with the same, provided such contest shall be promptly and diligently prosecuted by and at the expense of Lessee so that Lessor shall not thereby suffer any civil liability, or be subjected to any criminal prosecution, penalties, or sanctions and that Lessee shall properly protect and save harmless Lessor against any liability and claims for any such non-compliance or postponement of compliance. ARTICLE X QUIET ENJOYMENT 10.01 It is a condition of this Lease Agreement that Lessor has a good and marketable title to the Common Improvements free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except those to which Lessee has specifically consented in writing; that Lessor has the right to lease the same; that Lessor warrants and will defend Common Improvements unto Lessee against the lawful claims of all persons whomsoever; that so long as the rents are being paid in the manner herein provided and the covenants, conditions and agreements herein being all and singularly kept, fulfilled and performed by Lessee, Lessee shall lawfully, peacefully and quietly hold, occupy and enjoy the Common Improvements during the term herein granted without any let, hindrance, ejection or molestation by Lessor or any person claiming under Lessor. ARTICLE XI ENVIRONMENTAL 11.01 Lessor’s Environmental Warranty . Prior to the signing of this Lease Agreement, Lessor has not caused or permitted persons with whom Lessor has contracted to cause (a) any violation of any federal, state or local law, ordinance, or regulation enacted related to environmental conditions on or about the Common Improvements, including, but not limited to soil and groundwater conditions, nor (b) engaged in the use, generation, release, manufacture, production, processing, storage, or disposal of any Hazardous Substance (as hereinafter defined) on, under, or about the Common Improvements. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used herein shall include, without limitation, flammable, explosives, radioactive materials, asbestos, 11 polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s), chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic products, and substances declared to be hazardous or toxic under any law or regulation promulgated by any governmental authority. 11.02 Hazardous Waste . Lessee covenants and warrants that it will not knowingly cause or permit to be brought upon the Common Improvements or installed in any buildings or improvements thereon any asbestos in any form, urea formaldehyde insulation, transformers or any other equipment which contain dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyl in excess of fifty parts per million of any other chemical material or substance which is regulated as toxic or hazardous or exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any federal or state authority or which may or could pose a hazard to the health or safety of the occupants of the Common Improvements or the owners of the property adjacent to the Common Improvements . The Lessee shall not install, store, use, treat, transport or dispose of on the Common Improvements any regulated hazardous or toxic materials or waste, and in the event of any such installation, storage, use, treatment, presence, transportation or disposal during the term of this Lease Agreement, the Lessee shall remove any such hazardous materials or waste and comply with the regulations and orders of any authority having jurisdiction of the same, all at the expense of the Lessee, including necessary removal, cleanup or other remediation, and if Lessee shall fail to proceed with such removal or comply with such regulations or orders, the Lessor may declare this Lease Agreement in default. Lessee shall indemnify Lessor and hold Lessor harmless from any and all losses, damages or expenses which may be incurred by Lessor for the presence or removal from the Common Improvements of any such hazardous materials or waste caused by any activity of Lessee on the Common Improvements and the liability of the Lessee to Lessor under the Covenants hereof shall survive termination of this Lease Agreement or any transfer of the leasehold estate or the fee estate by either Lessor or Lessee. ARTICLE XII SIGNAGE 12.01 Lessee may after Lessor’s approval, at Lessee’s expense, furnish and install an identification sign in front of or attached to the Demised Premises, which bears the name of Lessee’s business and/or logo provided, however, such signs shall meet the standards (i.e., color and quality) of the Daniel Island Office Park Guidelines. ARTICLE XIII DESTRUCTION (a) destroyed by fire or any other casualty whatsoever, or; 12 13.01 If, during the initial term or renewal term of this Lease, the Common Improvements and/or Demised Premises are: (b) partially destroyed so as to render the Demised Premises unfit for occupancy or Lessee’s reasonable beneficial use and enjoyment or conduct of Lessee’s usual business therein, or; (c) destroyed by a casualty which is not covered by Lessor’s insurance, or if such casualty is covered by Lessor’s insurance but a mortgagee of Lessor or other party entitled to insurance proceeds fails to make such proceeds available to Lessor in an amount sufficient for restoration of the Demised Premises and/or Common Improvements (provided, however, that Lessor agrees to make a good faith effort to have such mortgagee make such proceeds available for full restoration or rebuilding); then Lessor shall make its reasonable determination as to the length of time to complete such repairs within thirty (30) days of the casualty and shall notify Lessee of same as provided herein. In the event restoration is reasonably estimated by Lessor to take more than one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the destruction or casualty, or in the event the above described destruction or casualty should occur within the last two (2) years of the Lease, then Lessor or Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease Agreement. In the event that the Lease Agreement is terminated in accordance with the foregoing provisions, Lessee shall surrender within thirty (30) days of notification the Demised Premises and Common Improvements and interest therein, and Lessee shall pay rent only to the time of such destruction or casualty. In case of the total or partial damage or destruction to the Demised Premises and/or Common Improvements, Lessor shall re-enter and repossess the same or any part thereof for the purpose of removing or repairing the loss or damage and shall proceed with due diligence to the repair of same unless, under the foregoing provisions of this Article XIII, the Lease Agreement shall have been terminated. The Rent during the period of such repairs shall be wholly abated if all of the Demised Premises and/or Common Improvements have been thus repossessed by Lessor or otherwise made unavailable to Lessee for Lessee’s reasonable beneficial use and enjoyment or Lessee’s conduct of Lessee’s usual business therein for the purpose of repair for the period that Lessee has been dispossessed; and if only a portion of the Demised Premises and/or Common Improvements is thus repossessed or otherwise unavailable to Lessee for Lessee’s reasonable beneficial use and enjoyment or Lessee’s conduct of Lessee’s usual business therein, the Rent shall be abated for such dispossession or unavailability pro rata, based on the portion of the Demised Premises and/or Common Improvements thus repossessed or rendered unavailable during the period of repossession or unavailability. Any Rent abatement under this Article XIII shall commence as of the date of the destruction. Lessor shall not be required to rebuild, repair, or replace any part of the personal property, furniture, equipment, fixtures, and other improvements which may have been placed by Lessee or other lessees within the Demised Premises or Common Improvements, unless the damage thereto is caused by the sole negligence or willful act or omission or default hereunder of Lessor or Lessor’s agents, employees, subtenants, 13 assignees, or independent contractors. Any insurance which may be carried by Lessor or Lessee for damage to the Demised Premises or to any personal property, fixtures, and related items therein shall be for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole control; provided, however, Lessor shall carry insurance for the benefit of Lessor and Lessee sufficient to cover the full replacement cost of the shell of the Demised Premises and an amount equal to the initial Tenant Improvements, and other improvements that Lessor shall have liability therefore under Article VII. Should the Demised Premises or the Common Improvements be destroyed or damaged by fire or other casualty that is due to the negligence or willful or wanton conduct of Lessee or Lessee’s agents, employees, subtenants, assignees or independent contractors, Lessor may repair such damage, and there shall be no apportionment or abatement of Rent. ARTICLE XIV CONDEMNATION 14.01 Lessor, within ten (10) days of Lessor’s receipt of any notice of the institution of condemnation proceedings or threat thereof with respect to all or any part of the Common Improvements, shall give written notice to Lessee of the same. Lessee shall have the option to terminate this Lease within sixty (60) days after receipt of said notice from the Lessor should such condemnation affect twenty percent (20%) or more of the Demised Premises and Lessee reasonably determines that such condemnation will interfere with Lessee’s ability to continue its business operations in substantially the same manner as existed prior to the condemnation or deed in lieu thereof. Lessee’s obligation under this Lease including but not limited to Lessee’s obligation to pay rent hereunder, shall cease upon Lessee’s termination of this Lease pursuant to the terms of this Section; however, the Lessee shall be obligated to pay all rent due on or before the date of termination down through the date Lessee surrenders possession of the Demised Premises to the Lessor. Lessor shall be entitled to the entire condemnation award based on the value of the real property. Lessee may assert a separate claim to the condemning authority for its damages. ARTICLE XV DEFAULT 15.01 Default by Lessee . The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute a default under this Lease Agreement: (a) Lessee fails to pay any installment of rent within ten (10) business days after such installment is due, and fails to cure such delinquency within five (5) business days after actual receipt of written notice thereof by Lessee from Lessor: (b) Lessee fails to pay any additional item or any other charge or sum required to be paid by Lessee hereunder within thirty (30) days after actual receipt of written notice thereof by Lessee from Lessor; 14 (c) Lessee fails to perform or commence in good faith and proceed with reasonable diligence to perform any of its covenants under this Lease Agreement within thirty (30) days after actual receipt of written notice thereof by Lessee from Lessor. 15.02 Lessor’s Remedies . In the event Lessee is in default pursuant to the conditions set forth in Section 15.01 above, Lessor, during the continuation of such default, shall have the option of pursuing either of the following remedies: (a) Lessor may terminate this Lease Agreement, in which event Lessee immediately shall surrender possession of the Demised Premises. All obligations of Lessee under the Lease Agreement, including Lessee’s obligation to pay rent under the Lease Agreement, shall cease upon the date of termination except for Lessee’s obligation to pay rent due and outstanding as of the date of termination. (b) Lessor, without terminating the Lease Agreement, may require Lessee to remove all property from the Demised Premises within thirty (30) days so that Lessor may re-enter and re-let the premises to minimize Lessor’s damages. In the event Lessee shall fail to remove all property within thirty (30) days after said demand, Lessor shall be entitled to remove Lessee’s property to a storage facility, and all reasonable costs of such removal and storage shall be deemed additional rent under the Lease Agreement for which Lessee is responsible for payment. Lessor may enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease Agreement, including the right to recover the rent as it becomes due hereunder, provided that Lessor shall have an affirmative obligation to use Lessor’s best efforts to re-let the Demised Premises and to mitigate its damages under the Lease Agreement. (c) If this Lease Agreement is terminated as set forth, Lessor may re-let the Demised Premises (or any portion thereof) for such rent and upon such terms as Lessor is able to obtain (which may be for lower or higher rent, and for a shorter or longer term), and Lessee shall be liable for all damages sustained by Lessor, including but not limited to any deficiency in Rent for the duration of the Lease Term (or for the period of time which would have remained in the Lease Term in the absence of any termination, leasing fees, attorneys’ fees, other marketing and collection costs and all expenses of placing the Demised Premises in first class rentable condition). (d) Nothing contained herein diminishes any right Lessor may have under South Carolina law to sue Lessee for damages in the event of any default by Lessee under this Lease Agreement, or from pursuing any other remedy available to Lessor at law or in equity. 15 ARTICLE XVI LESSEE’S RIGHT TO SUBLEASE AND ASSIGN 16.01 Lessee may not sublet the Demised Premises or assign this Lease Agreement without the prior written consent of the Lessor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and if such consent is granted, Lessee shall remain liable to Lessor for the faithful performance of all of the covenants and conditions, including rental payment, required to be kept and performed under the terms of this Lease Agreement. Any assignment by operation of law as a result of a corporate merger or re-organization shall not require the previous written consent of Lessor. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease Agreement to the contrary and provided such transfer does not change the use as allowed in Paragraph 9.01, Lessee shall have the right, without obtaining the consent of Lessor, to assign, sublet or otherwise transfer Lessee’s interest in or under this Lease Agreement to Lessee’s parent corporation, any subsidiary of Lessee or to any other affiliate of Lessee (collectively, “Permitted Transfer”). In addition, Lessee shall not be required to comply with any other requirements under this Lease Agreement which relates to an assignment, subletting or other transfer of Lessee’s interest hereunder (including, without limitation, payment of any transfer fee) if such assignment, subletting or other transfer is a Permitted Transfer. However, no Permitted Transfer shall relieve Lessee from any obligations under this Lease Agreement. 16.02 Violation . Any violation of any provision of this Lease Agreement, whether by act or omission, by any assignee or subtenant of Lessee, shall be deemed a violation of such provision by the Lessee, it being the intention and meaning of the parties hereto that the Lessee shall assume and be liable to the Lessor for any and all acts and omissions of any and all assignees or subtenants of Lessee. If the Demised Premises or any part thereof is sublet or occupied by any person other than the Lessee, Lessor, in the event of Lessee’s default, may and is hereby empowered to collect rent from the subtenant or occupant; the Lessor may apply the net amount received by it to the rent herein reserved and no such collection shall be deemed a release of the Lessee from the further performance of the covenants herein contained. ARTICLE XVII LESSOR’S RIGHT TO MORTGAGE AND SELL 17.01 Estoppel Certificate . Within five (5) days after written request therefor by either Lessor or Lessee to the other, or in the event that upon any sale, assignment, mortgage or hypothecation of the Demised Premises or a leasehold loan by Lessee of its leasehold estate herein, an estoppel statement shall be required from Lessor or Lessee. Lessor and Lessee agree to deliver to each other, in recordable form, a certificate to any proposed mortgagee or purchaser, certifying that this Lease Agreement is in full force and effect, that there are no defenses thereto, or stating those claimed by Lessor or Lessee, and as to such other matters as may be reasonably requested. 17.02 Subordination and Attornment . Upon Lessor’s request, during the term of this Lease Agreement, Lessee shall execute a subordination agreement in recordable form wherein Lessee shall agree that this Lease Agreement is and shall be subordinate to the lien of any mortgages in any amount or amounts on all or any part of the land or buildings 16 comprising the Property, or on or against Lessor’s interest or estate therein; provided that such subordination agreement shall recite that the subordination of Lessee’s interests pursuant thereto are subject to the agreement by the mortgagee named in any such mortgage and to any purchaser at a sale pursuant to foreclosure thereof, to recognize the Lease Agreement of Lessee in the event of foreclosure of any such mortgage if Lessee is not in default under the Lease Agreement. Lessee covenants and agrees to execute and deliver upon demand such further instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease Agreement to the lien of any such mortgage as may be required by the Lessor within ten (10) days of demand therefor. Notwithstanding anything hereinabove contained, in the event the holder of any such mortgage shall at any time elect to have this Lease Agreement constitute a prior or superior lien to its mortgage, then and in such event upon any such mortgage holder notifying Lessee to that effect, this Lease Agreement shall be deemed prior and superior in lien to such mortgage irrespective of whether this Lease Agreement is dated prior to or subsequent to the date of such mortgage or lease. If Lessor enters into one or more mortgages and Lessee is advised in writing of the name and address of the mortgagee under such mortgage, then this Lease Agreement shall not be terminated or canceled on account of any default by the Lessor in the performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof on its part contained, until Lessee shall have given written notice of such default to such mortgagee, specifying the default, in which event such mortgagee shall have the right to cure Lessor’s default as otherwise provided herein and which cure shall be accepted by Lessee. Lessee shall, in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of or in the event of sale under any mortgage made by the Lessor covering the Premises, attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure of sale and recognize such purchaser as the Lessor under this Lease Agreement. As a condition of Lessee’s obligations under the Lease, Lessor shall deliver a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in a form satisfactory to Lessor’s mortgage lender and shall cause Lessor’s mortgage lender to execute said agreement and thereafter record it at the Berkeley County R.O.D. Office. 17.03 Transfer of Lessor’s Interest . Lessor shall have the right to convey, transfer or assign, by sale or otherwise, all or any part of its interest in this Lease Agreement or the Property at any time and from time to time and to any person, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease Agreement. All covenants and obligations of Lessor under this Lease Agreement shall not cease upon the execution of such conveyance, transfer or assignment, but such covenants and obligations shall run with the land and shall be binding upon any subsequent owner thereof. 17 ARTICLE XVIII SURRENDER OF PREMISES 18.01 Trade Fixtures . All equipment and every other item of property not permanently attached to the Demised Premises and not paid for by Lessor, and any of such items leased by Lessee under bona fide leases from third party owners, are to remain and be the property of Lessee and Lessee is to have the right and privilege of removing any and all such property and equipment at any time during the continuance of this Lease Agreement or any extensions hereof and within thirty (30) days thereafter. In the event the aforesaid equipment is not removed by Lessee within said thirty (30) day period, title thereto shall automatically pass to and vest in Lessor. If said equipment is removed, Lessee shall restore the Demised Premises to their condition prior to the removal of such property. It is further understood and agreed that the buildings and structures installed on the Property by Lessor, may not be removed by Lessee at the termination of this Lease Agreement. 18.02 Surrender . The Lessee shall on the expiration or the sooner termination of the Lease Agreement surrender to Lessor the Property, including all buildings, replacements, changes, additions, and improvements constructed or placed by the Lessee thereon, except for all moveable trade fixtures, equipment, and personal property belonging to the Lessee, broom-clean, free of sub-tenancies, and in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. ARTICLE XIX LESSOR-AGENT AGREEMENT 19.01 The Lessor and the Lessee each respectively represents and warrants to the other that no real estate broker or other person is entitled to a fee, commission, or any other remuneration in respect of the execution or performance of this Lease Agreement; and each of the Lessor and the Lessee hereby covenants and agrees to hold the other harmless from any fee, commission, cost or damage incurred as a result of any breach of the foregoing warranties. ARTICLE XX SECURITY DEPOSIT ( INTENTIONALLY OMITTED ) ARTICLE XXI MISCELLANEOUS 21.01 Lessor’s Entry . The Lessor shall have the right to enter upon the Demised Premises and Common Improvements at all reasonable times without prior notice during the term of this Lease Agreement for the purposes of inspection, maintenance, repair and alteration and to show the same to prospective lessees or purchasers. 21.02 Nature and Extent of Agreement . This Lease, all Exhibits attached hereto and all documents referenced in the Exhibits contain the entire agreement of the parties regarding the terms and conditions of this Lease and there are no oral or written 18 conditions, terms, understandings, or other agreements pertaining thereto which have not been incorporated herein. This Lease may be amended from time to time only by written addendum signed by both parties. This Lease creates only the relationship of Lessor and Lessee between the parties hereto as to the Demised Premises; and nothing herein shall in any way be construed to impose upon either party hereto any obligations or restrictions not herein expressly set forth 21.03 Partial Invalidity . If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder to this Lease, or the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be valid and be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. 21.04 Recording . This Lease shall not be recorded, however, upon the request of either party hereto the other party shall join in the execution of a memorandum or so-called “short form” of this Lease Agreement, in format substantially similar to Lease Addendum Number One , attached hereto and incorporated herein, for the purpose of recordation. Such memorandum or short form shall describe the parties, Demised Premises, the Common Improvements, the term of this Lease and shall incorporate this Lease by reference. 21.05 Attorneys Fees and Expenses . In the event either party commences any action (at law or in equity), the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to an award of its costs and attorney’s fees incurred against the non-prevailing party whether the action be based on contract or tort theory, at all trial and appellate levels. 21.06 Notice. Any notice which Lessor or Lessee is required or desires to give to the other shall be deemed sufficiently given or rendered if in writing, either personally via hand delivery, or sent by certified or registered mail, postage or fees prepaid, or sent by recognized overnight courier (such as FedEx or DHL), service fees prepaid, to: 19 Lessor: DIEC II, LLC c/o NRAI Corporate Services 2 Office Park Court, Suite 103 Columbia, SC 29223 Phone: 800-388-2123 21.07 Applicable Law . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Lease Agreement shall be governed by the substantive and procedural laws of the State of South Carolina without consideration of the conflicts of law rules of said state. 21.08 Captions . The captions or headings at the beginning of articles and sections of this Lease are included for convenience only and in no way define, limit, or describe the scope of any provision hereof. 21.09 Binding Effect . This Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. 21.10 Duplicate Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. 21.11 Additional Documents . Each party shall, at the request of the other, execute, acknowledge, (if appropriate) and deliver such additional documents and instruments, and do such other acts as may be necessary or convenient to call out the purposes and intent of this Lease and to permit the Lessee to record this Lease Agreement, pursuant to 21.04, and grant security interests therein. This Lease may be signed in triplicate originals by the parties. 21.12 Addenda and Exhibits. If any addenda and/or exhibits are noted below, such addenda and exhibits are incorporated herein and made a part of this Lease. Lease Addendum Number One- “Memorandum of Lease” Lease Addendum Number Two- “Commencement Agreement” Exhibit A- “Property” Exhibit B- “Parking Layout” Exhibit C- “Lease Option” Exhibit D- “The Project” Exhibit E- “Tenant Improvements” Exhibit F- “Work Letter” Exhibit G- “Estimated Expenses” Exhibit H- “Rules and Regulation” Exhibit I- “Renewal Option” 20 Lessee: Benefitfocus.com, Inc. 100 Benefitfocus Way Charleston, SC 29492 Attn: General Counsel Phone: (843)-849-7476 (The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. Next page is signature page.) 21 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused these presents to be executed in their respective names by their duly authorized representatives, executing this instrument in triplicate originals, as of the day and year first above written. IN THE PRESENCE OF: Lessor: DIEC II, LLC /s/ Claire Silwanowicz By: /s/ Chad Colman Witness Print Name: Chad Colman /s/ Caitlin Green Its: Authorized Agent Witness Date of Execution: 12/13/13 Lessee: Benefitfocus.com, Inc. /s/ Kimberly Allen By: /s/ Milton Alpern Witness /s/ Amanda Brening Print Name: Milton Alpern Witness Its: CFO Date of Execution: 12/13/12 LEASE ADDENDUM NUMBER ONE Memorandum of Lease Prepared by and return to: STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA MEMORANDUM OF LEASE COUNTY OF BERKELEY COUNTY THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE (“Memorandum”) is of that certain Lease Agreement dated December 13 , 2013, including all Exhibits attached thereto (collectively, “Lease”), by and between DIEC II, LLC, a South Carolina limited liability company (“Lessor”) and Benefitfocus.com, Inc., a South Carolina corporation (“Lessee”). W I T N E S S E T H: For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lessor leases to Lessee the demised premises located in Berkeley County, South Carolina, and as more particularity shown on Exhibit A incorporated herein by reference (“Demised Premises”) for a term beginning on the Lease Commencement Date and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years from such date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of the Lease. In addition, Lessee has five (5) 1-year periods to extend the term of the Lease. The provisions set forth in said unrecorded Lease, together with all the Exhibits attached thereto, and any amendments entered into by the parties subsequent to this Memorandum between Lessor and Lessee are hereby incorporated into this Memorandum by reference. Depending on the requirements of the then beneficiary, this Lease and Lessee’s rights under the Lease will either be subordinate or superior to the lien of the mortgage (“Mortgage”) which is a lien against the building in which the Demised Premises are located whether the Mortgage is currently a lien on the Demised Premises or subsequently becomes a lien on the Demised Premises. No further agreements or documents shall be required to render the Lease and/or the Lessee’s rights subordinate or superior to the Mortgage. This Memorandum is not a complete summary of the Lease, and the provisions contained herein shall not be construed to interpret the terms thereof. In the event of a conflict between this Memorandum and the unrecorded Lease, said Lease shall control. Upon the expiration of the stated Lease term, this Memorandum shall automatically terminate. 1 Upon a termination of the Lease, for whatever reason, Lessor shall be entitled to record a notice of that termination on its own signature. Lessor shall be deemed to be Lessee’s attorney-in-fact (which power of attorney shall be irrevocable and coupled with an interest) for purposes of executing and recording that termination notice. (Signature pages follow) 2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessee has executed this Memorandum as of the 13 day of December , 2013. STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA COUNTY OF BERKELEY I, the undersigned Notary Public for the State of South Carolina, do hereby certify that the above named Lessee, by and through the above named agent, personally appeared before me this 13 day of December , 2013, and acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing instrument. (Official Seal) WITNESS: LESSEE: Benefitfocus.com, Inc., /s/ Kimberly Allen a South Carolina corporation By: /s/ Milton A. Alpern Name: Milton A. Alpern /s/ Amanda Brening Title: CFO /s/ H. Elizabeth Rusinko Notary Public for South Carolina H. Elizabeth Rusinko Notary Printed Name 3-30-2019 My Commission Expires IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor has executed this Memorandum as of the 13 day of December , 20 13 . STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA COUNTY OF BERKELEY I, the undersigned Notary Public for South Carolina, do hereby certify that the above named Lessor, by and through the above named agent, personally appeared before me this 13 day of December , 2013, and acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing instrument. (Official Seal) WITNESS: LESSOR: DIEC II, LLC /s/ Claire Silwanowicz a South Carolina limited liability company By: /s/ Chad Colman Name: Chad Colman /s/ Caitlin Green Title: Authorized Agent /s/ H. Elizabeth Rusinko Notary Public for South Carolina H. Elizabeth Rusinko Notary Printed Name 3-30-2019 My Commission Expires LEASE ADDENDUM NUMBER TWO Commencement Date Agreement This Commencement Date Agreement (this “Agreement”) made this day of , 20 , by and between DIEC II, LLC , a South Carolina limited liability company (“Lessor”) and Benefitfocus.com, Inc. , a South Carolina corporation (“Lessee”). W I T N E S S E T H WHEREAS, on December , 2013, Lessor and Lessee entered into a Lease Agreement (the “Lease”) regarding the Property commonly known as the Daniel Island Executive Center II, located in the City of Charleston, State of South Carolina. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meaning specified within the Lease. WHEREAS, on , , Lessee accepted delivery of the Demised Premises and therefore, pursuant to Section 1.04 of the Lease, the Lease Term has commenced; and WHEREAS, the parties desire to confirm the Lease Commencement Date and the Expiration Date. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, Lessor and Lessee agree as follows: (1) The Lease Commencement Date is , 20 . (2) The Rent Commencement Date is , 20 . (3) The Expiration Date of the Lease is , 20 . (4) The execution of this Agreement shall not constitute the exercise by Lessee of any option it may have to extend the Lease Term. (5) The Lease is in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed. (The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. Next page is signature page.) 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first written above. LESSOR: DIEC II, LLC , a South Carolina limited liability company By: Name: Title: LESSEE: Benefitfocus.com, Inc. a South Carolina Corporation By: Name: Title: EXHIBIT A PROPERTY The copy of the plat has been delivered by Lessor to Lessee on the date of execution of this Lease. A copy of such plat is on file with the Register of Deeds Office for Berkeley County. A-1 EXHIBIT B PARKING LAYOUT The parking layout is set forth in the construction drawings of the Demised Premises delivered by Lessor to Lessee on the date of execution of this Lease. A copy of such drawings is on file with the City of Charleston Building Department. B-1 EXHIBIT C LEASE OPTION Lessor extends an option to Lessee, and exercisable at Lessee’s sole discretion, to lease real property adjoining the Demised Premises. Lessor extends this option to the Lessee for 36 months (the “Option Period”), from the date of execution of this Lease. Option #1: 145,800sf Four-story office building shell with associated parking (550 spaces) identified as “BF4” for purposes of this option, to generally match the Demised Premises, identified as “BF3” for purposes of this option. Option #2: 18,500 Two story office building / cafeteria shell with associated parking (74 spaces), further referred to as the “Welcome Center”. C-1 • Should Lessee elect to execute Option #1 within the Option Period, the Lessor will construct a new facility on the Premises under the terms of this Lease Agreement and the following conditions. Lessee agrees to reimburse Lessor for any cost increases over the shell cost of BF3 ($105/sf). The Lessor will provide $35/sf tenant improvement allowance for BF4 and the Lessee will reimburse the Lessor for any costs over the allowance in accordance with 2.03 (Construction Conditions) of this Lease Agreement. • The form of lease for BF4 will be substantially similar to the form of this Lease Agreement. • The term of this Lease will reset to 15 years from the Rental Commencement Date of BF4. • Should Lessee elect to execute Option #2 within the Option Period, Lessor will construct a new facility on the Premises under the terms of this Lease Agreement and the following conditions. Lessee agrees to reimburse Lessor for any cost increases over the shell cost of BF3 ($105/sf). The Lessor will provide $35/sf tenant improvement allowance for the Welcome Center and the Lessee will reimburse the Lessor for any costs over the allowance in accordance with 2.03 (Construction Conditions) or this Lease Agreement. • The form of lease for BF4 will be substantially similar to the form of this Lease Agreement. • The term of this Lease will reset to 15 years from the Rental Commencement Date of the Welcome Center. Option Fee: Lessor agrees to make the additional development capacity of the Premises (145,800sf structure and 18,500sf structure) available to the Lessee for expansion for the Option Period from the date of execution of this agreement. In consideration for the option, Lessee agrees to compensate the Lessor for the carrying costs of the land and the initial improvements associated with BF4 and the Welcome Center plus a 5% fee on the land and improvements. The carrying costs will be pro-rated to any executed option date. Should the Lessee elect not to execute Options #1 or #2 by the end of the Option Period the Lessee will pay a Termination Fee equal to 50% of Lessors cost in improving the property for BF4 and/or the Welcome Center. The carrying costs and Termination Fee are as follows: Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Option, at Lessee sole discretion, upon ninety (90) days’ notice to Lessor. In the event that Lessee elects to terminate the Option prior to the end of the Option Period, Lessee liability shall be limited to the Carrying Costs and Termination Fees defined herein, pro-rated through the date of the termination of the Option Period. In the event that Lessee exercises Option #1 or #2 at any time during the Option Period, Lessee shall have no obligation for any further Carrying Costs after the exercise date or the Termination Fees on the exercised Option(s). Lessor to deliver the Optioned Demised Premises to the Lessee within 24 months following exercise. Occupancy of the Optioned Demised Premises will be in accordance with 2.05. C-2 Option #1 Carrying Costs (Annually) $ 398,043 Option #1 Termination Fee (End of 36th month) $ 671,322 Option #2 Carrying Costs (Annually) $ 67,505 Option #2 Termination Fee (End of 36th month) $ 85,701 EXHIBIT D THE PROJECT The Project is set forth on the plans and specifications delivered by Lessor to Lessee on the date of execution of this Lease. A copy of such plans and specifications is on file with the City of Charleston Building Department. D-1 EXHIBIT E (SEE TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS DATED , 2013) E-1 EXHIBIT F (Tenant Improvements) WORK LETTER This Exhibit F is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated December 13 , 2013, by and between DIEC II, LLC, a South Carolina limited liability company (“Lessor”) and Benefitfocus.com, Inc., a South Carolina corporation (“Lessee”) for the Property commonly known as the Daniel Island Executive Center II, located in the City of Charleston, State of South Carolina. Capitalized terms set out herein shall have the same meaning as set out in the Lease, unless otherwise defined herein. This Exhibit F is subject to all Provisions set forth in Section 2.03 of the Lease. 1. This Work Letter shall set forth the obligations of Lessor and Lessee with respect to the preparation of the Demised Premises for Lessee’s occupancy. All improvements described in this Work Letter to be constructed in and upon the Demised Premises by Lessor are hereinafter referred to as the “Tenant Improvements.” It is agreed that construction of the Tenant Improvements will be completed at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, subject to the Allowance (as defined below). Lessor shall enter into a direct contract for the Tenant Improvements with a general contractor selected by Lessor. In addition, Lessee shall have the right to select and/or approve of any subcontractors used in connection with the Tenant Improvements. 2. Lessee shall be solely responsible for the timely preparation and submission to Lessor of the final architectural, electrical and mechanical construction drawings, plans and specifications (called “Plans”) necessary to construct the Tenant Improvements, which Plans shall be subject to approval by Lessor and Lessor’s architect and engineers and shall comply with their requirements to avoid aesthetic or other conflicts with the design and function of the balance of the Building. Lessee shall be responsible for all elements of the design of Plans (including, without limitation, compliance with law, functionality of design, the structural integrity of the design, the configuration of the premises and the placement of Lessee’s furniture, appliances and equipment), and Lessor’s approval of Plans shall in no event relieve Lessee of the responsibility for such design. If requested by Lessee, Lessor’s architect will prepare the Plans necessary for such construction at Lessee’s cost. Whether or not the layout and Plans are prepared with the help (in whole or in part) of Lessor’s architect, Lessee agrees to remain solely responsible for the timely preparation and submission of the Plans and for all elements of the design of such Plans and for all costs related thereto. Lessee will deliver the initial Plans, approved by Lessee, to Lessor. Lessee has assured itself by direct communication with the architect and engineers (Lessor’s or its own, as the case may be) that the final approved Plans can be delivered to Lessor on or before the Plans Due Date as defined in Section 2.02 herein, provided that Lessee promptly furnishes complete information concerning its requirements to said architect and engineers as and when requested by them. Lessee covenants and agrees to cause said final, F-1 approved Plans to be delivered to Lessor on or before said Plans Due Date and to devote such time as may be necessary in consultation with said architect and engineers to enable them to complete and submit the Plans within the required time limit. Time is of the essence in respect to preparation and submission of Plans by Lessee. In the event the Plans are not fully completed and delivered by the Plans Due Date, Lessee shall be responsible for one (1) day of delay for each day during the period beginning on the day following the Plans Due Date and ending on the date completed Plans are delivered. In the event such delay results in higher minimum costs of construction and/or higher actual construction costs which exceed the Allowance, such increased estimate or cost shall be deemed Excess Costs and Lessee shall pay such Excess Costs, plus any applicable state sales or use tax thereon, within ten (10) days after demand for such sums. (The word “architect” as used in this Exhibit B shall include an interior designer or space planner.) 3. Lessor, prior to commencing any construction of Tenant Improvements, shall submit to Lessee a written estimate setting forth the anticipated cost of the Tenant Improvements, including but not limited to labor and materials, contractor’s fees and permit fees. Within five (5) Business Days thereafter, Lessee shall either notify Lessor in writing of its approval of the cost estimate, or specify its objections thereto and any desired changes to the proposed Tenant Improvements. In the event Lessee notifies Lessor of such objections and desired changes, Lessee shall work with Lessor to reach a mutually acceptable alternative cost estimate. 4. Lessee shall pay to Lessor all Excess Costs, plus any applicable state sales or use tax thereon, within ten (10) days after demand for such sums. The statements of costs submitted to Lessor by Lessor’s contractors shall be conclusive for purposes of determining the actual cost of the items described therein. The amounts payable by Lessee hereunder constitute Additional Rent payable pursuant to the Lease, and the failure to timely pay same constitutes an event of default under the Lease. 5. If Lessee shall request any change, addition or alteration in any of the Plans after approval by Lessor, Lessor shall have such revisions to the drawings prepared, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for the cost thereof, plus any applicable state sales or use tax thereon, upon demand. Promptly upon completion of the revisions, Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing of the increased cost which will be chargeable to Lessee by reason of such change, addition or deletion. Lessee, within one (1) Business Day, shall notify Lessor in writing whether it desires to proceed with such change, addition or deletion. In the absence of such written authorization, Lessor shall have the option to continue work on the Premises disregarding the requested change, addition or alteration, or Lessor may elect to discontinue work on the Premises until it receives notice of Lessee’s decision, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for any delay in completion of the Premises resulting therefrom. In the event such revisions result in a higher estimate of the cost of construction and/or higher actual construction costs which exceed the Allowance, such increased estimate or costs shall be deemed Excess Costs pursuant to Paragraph 4 hereof and Lessee shall pay such Excess Costs, plus any applicable state sales or use tax thereon, within ten (10) days after demand for such sums. F-2 6. Following approval of the Plans and the payment by Lessee of the required portion of the Excess Costs, if any, Lessor shall cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed substantially in accordance with the approved Plans. Lessor shall notify Lessee of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements. 7. Lessor, provided Lessee is not in default, agrees to provide Lessee with an allowance (the “Allowance”) in an amount not to exceed Thirty Five Dollars and NO/100 ($35.00) per square foot of Rentable Area to be applied toward the cost of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises. In the event the Allowance shall not be sufficient to complete the Tenant Improvements, Lessee shall pay the Excess Costs, plus any applicable state sales or use tax thereon, as prescribed in paragraph 4 above. In the event the Allowance exceeds the cost of Tenant Improvements, any remaining Allowance shall accrue to the sole benefit of Lessor, it being agreed that Lessee shall not be entitled to any credit, offset, abatement or payment with respect thereto. Lessor shall be entitled to deduct from the Allowance a construction management fee for Lessor’s oversight of the Tenant Improvements in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the total cost of the Tenant Improvements. F-3 EXHIBIT G DIEC II Estimated Real Estate Taxes, Operating Expenses, and Insurance and Common Area Maintenance Expenses Actual Expenses above any amounts per category above will be billed to the Lessee annually. G-1 DIEC II 2015 Estimated CAM and Operating Expenses/sq. foot Real Estate Taxes & DI Association Fees $ 2.00 Insurance Expense $ .73 Electrical Expense $ 1.40 Elevator Phone Expense (To be provided by Lessee Phone System) $ 0.00 Water System Expense $ 0.15 Fire Monitor $ 0.01 Prop Mgmt Expense (Estimated 2% on gross collections) $ 0.51 Janitorial (Paid by Lessee) $ .00 Landscape Expense $ 0.15 Bldg Upkeep/ Maintenance $ 0.10 Total Estimated Expenses: $ 5.05 EXHIBIT H RULES AND REGULATIONS DANIEL ISLAND EXECUTIVE CENTER II RULES AND REGULATIONS H-1 1) The sidewalks, and public portions of the Property, such as entrances, passages, courts, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls, and the parking areas, streets, alleys or ways surrounding or in the vicinity of the Property shall not be obstructed, even temporarily, or encumbered by Lessee. 2) No curtains, blinds, shades, louvered openings, tinted coating, film or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window, glass surface or door of the Demised Premises, without prior written consent of Lessor, unless installed by Lessor. 3) Without prior written approval of Lessor, no sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by Lessee on any part of the outside of the Demised Premises or Common Improvements or on corridor walls or windows or other glass surfaces. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by Lessee, Lessor may remove same, without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal, to Lessee. The care and maintenance of any such approved signs shall be the sole responsibility of Lessee. 4) No showcases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Demised Premises or the Property. 5) The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other substances shall be thrown therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by Lessee. 6) Lessee shall not in any way deface any part of the Demised Premises or the Property. 7) No bicycles, vehicles, or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Demised Premises. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Lessee on the Demised Premises except in conformity to law and then only in the utility kitchen, if any, as set forth in Lessee’s layout, which is to be primarily used by Lessee’s employees for heating beverages and light snacks. Lessee shall not cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced upon or permeate from the Demised Premises.  H-2 8) Neither Lessee, nor any of Lessee’s employees, agents, visitors, or licensees, shall at any time bring or keep upon the Demised Premises any flammable, combustible, or explosive fluid, or chemical substance, other than reasonable amounts of cleaning fluids or solvents required in the normal operation of Lessee’s business offices. 9) No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Lessee, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanism thereof, without the prior written approval of Lessor and unless and until a duplicate key is delivered to Lessor. Lessee shall, upon the termination of its tenancy, restore to Lessor all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Lessee, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the cost thereof. 10) Lessor shall have the right to prohibit advertising by Lessee which, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, tends to impair the reputation of the Property or its desirability as a center for offices and warehouses, and upon written notice from Lessor, Lessee shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising. 11) All paneling, rounds, or other wood products not considered furniture shall be of fire retardant materials. Before installation of any such materials, certification of the materials’ fire retardant characteristics shall be submitted to Lessor or its agents, in a manner satisfactory to Lessor. 12) Lessor may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Lessor shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Lessee from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor hereby agrees to equitably enforce the observation and performance of the Rules and Regulations for the best interest of the Property as a whole. 13) These rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of the main text (including Special Provisions) of the Lease Agreement, which text shall control except as to any attempted waiver of any of these Rules and Regulations in the instance of conflict. 14) Lessor reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for safety, care, and cleanliness of the project, and for the preservation of good order therein. Such other Rules and Regulations shall be effective upon written notification to Lessee. 15) All garbage and refuse containers shall be placed in approved designated area.  H-3 16) Parking Lot Code of Conduct a) Parking Spaces. Licensed automobiles, SUV’s, pickup trucks, and motorcycles must park within one stripped parking space at a time. Negligently using more than one space or parking in unauthorized areas—driveways, sidewalks, landscaped areas, is strictly forbidden and subject to towing at owner’s expense without warning. b) Handicapped Parking . Handicapped Parking Areas are clearly marked and are to be used solely by vehicles displaying the designated handicapped license tag obtained from the appropriate State Department of Motor Vehicles or a hang tag/sticker designating handicap access issued by the City of Charleston. Any unauthorized vehicles found in this area are subject to towing at owner’s expense without warning. c) Oversized Vehicles . City of Charleston Parking Ordinances defines an oversized vehicle as any vehicles exceeding 85 inches in height or 250 inches in length or weighing more than 2 tons. These vehicles are to be safely parked away from the parking spaces closest to office entrances of the buildings. They should be stopped or parked for such length of time as may be necessary for the pick-up and loading or unloading and delivery of passengers or materials. d) Loitering. The parking lot is designed to serve our Tenants and their visitors with a convenient and close place to park relative to an office entrance. Please advise your visitors that it is not to serve as a place to hang out and subsist. The playing of loud music from car radios and/or other devices is disruptive and will not be tolerated. The dumping of trash, tobacco products and refuse in our parking lots and on our grounds is absolutely forbidden as well as unauthorized use of our Tenant’s restroom facilities. e) Automotive Repairs . Automotive maintenance and/or repair is not to be performed in the parking lot. f) Vandalism . Tenants and their guests are asked to be vigilant relative to witnessing any perpetrator’s damaging of people’s property. Please report any acts immediately to this office during normal business hours (8:30 – 5:30) or call the Charleston Police after hours. g) Speed Limit . Unless otherwise noted, maximum speed limit allowed in the parking lot is restricted to 15 MPH. h) Unattended Vehicles . Vehicles abandoned or left overnight without the express written permission of property management will be towed at owner’s expense without warning. Vehicles displaying “For Sale” signage is absolutely forbidden and will be towed without warning. EXHIBIT I RENEWAL OPTION 1. Option to Extend. Lessee shall have the right and option (a “Renewal Option”) to renew the Lease (the “Renewal Option”) for five additional one year options (each a “Renewal Lease Term”); provided, however, such Renewal Option is contingent upon the following (i) Lessee is not in default at the time Lessee gives Lessor notice of Lessee’s intention to exercise the Renewal Option; (ii) upon the Expiration Date, Lessee has no outstanding default; (iii) no event has occurred that upon notice or the passage of time would constitute a default; (iv) Lessee is not disqualified by multiple defaults as provided in the Lease. Following the expiration of the Renewal Lease Term, Lessee shall have no further right to renew the Lease pursuant to this Exhibit I. 2. Exercise of Option. Lessee shall exercise the Renewal Option by giving Lessor notice at least 365 days prior to the Expiration Date or the last day of any Renewal Lease Term. If Lessee fails to give such notice to Lessor prior to said 365 day period, then Lessee shall forfeit the Renewal Option. If Lessee exercises the Renewal Option, then during any such Renewal Lease Term, Lessor and Lessee’s respective rights, duties and obligations shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the Lease. Time is of the essence in exercising the Renewal Option. 3. Term . If Lessee exercises the Renewal Option, then during any such Renewal Lease Term, all references to the term “Term”, as used in the Lease, shall mean the “Renewal Lease Term”. 4. Termination of Renewal Option on Transfer by Lessee. In the event Lessor consents to an assignment or sublease by Lessee, then the Renewal Option shall automatically terminate unless Lessee agrees in writing to remain liable for any and all terms of the Lease during the Renewal Lease Term, or otherwise agreed in writing by Lessor. 5. Rent for Renewal Lease Term. Rent for the Renewal Term shall be as set forth in Section 3.01 (b) of the Lease Agreement. I-1 Exhibit 21.1 Benefitfocus, Inc., A Delaware corporation List of subsidiaries (cid:4) Benefitfocus.com, Inc. (cid:4) Benefit Informatics, Inc. (cid:4) BenefitStore, Inc. Exhibit 23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-192278) pertaining to the 2012 Stock Plan, as amended, and the Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan of Benefitfocus, Inc., of our report dated March 19, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Benefitfocus, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Benefitfocus, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2013. /S/ Ernst & Young LLP Raleigh, North Carolina March 20, 2014 Exhibit 31.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Shawn A. Jenkins, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Benefitfocus, Inc. (the registrant); 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) for the registrant and have: 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): Date: March 20, 2014 (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) (Paragraph omitted pursuant to SEC Release Nos. 33-8238/34-47986 and 33-8392/34-49313); (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. /s/ Shawn A. Jenkins Shawn A. Jenkins President and Chief Executive Officer Exhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Milton A. Alpern, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Benefitfocus, Inc. (the registrant); 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) for the registrant and have: 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): Date: March 20, 2014 (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) (Paragraph omitted pursuant to SEC Release Nos. 33-8238/34-47986 and 33-8392/34-49313); (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. /s/ Milton A. Alpern Milton A. Alpern Chief Financial Officer Exhibit 32.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In accordance with 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Shawn A. Jenkins, President and Chief Executive Officer of Beneftifocus, Inc. (the “registrant”), and Milton A. Alpern, Chief Financial Officer of the registrant, each hereby certifies that, to the best of their knowledge: 1. The registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, to which this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and 2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition of the registrant at the end of the period covered by the Report and results of operations of the registrant for the periods covered by the Report. Date: March 20, 2014 /s/ Shawn A. Jenkins Shawn A. Jenkins President and Chief Executive Officer /s/ Milton A. Alpern Milton A. Alpern Chief Financial Officer 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above